Page 1
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
1  TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648  Digital  Media  Processor 
1.1  Features 
•   High-Performance  Digital   Media   Processor   •   C64x+  L1/L2   Memory   Architecture 
(DM647/DM648) 
–  720,  900-MHz  C64x+™  Clock  Rate  [Direct  Mapped] 
–  1.39,  1.11-ns  Instruction  Cycle  Time  –  256K-bit  (32K-byte)  L1D  Data  Cache 
–  5760,  7200  MIPS 
–  Eight  32-Bit  C64x+  Instructions/Cycle 
–  Fully  Software-Compatible  With
C64x/Debug
–  Commercial  Temperature  Ranges
•   VelociTI.2™  Extensions   to   VelociTI™ 
Advanced  Very-Long-Instruction-Word  (VLIW) 
TMS320C64x+™  DSP  Core 
–  Eight  Highly  Independent  Functional  Units
With  VelociTI.2  Extensions:
•   Six  ALUs   (32-/40-Bit),   Each   Supports 
Single  32-bit,  Dual  16-bit,  or  Quad  8-bit 
Arithmetic  per  Clock  Cycle
•   Two  Multipliers   Support   Four   16   x   16-bit 
Multiplies  (32-bit  Results)  per  Clock 
Cycle  or  Eight  8  x  8-bit  Multiplies  (16-Bit 
Results)  per  Clock  Cycle
–  Load-Store  Architecture  With  Non-Aligned
Support 
–  64  32-bit  General-Purpose  Registers 
–  Instruction  Packing  Reduces  Code  Size 
–  All  Instructions  Conditional 
–  Additional  C64x+™  Enhancements
•  Protected  Mode  Operation 
•  Exceptions  Support  for  Error  Detection 
and  Program  Redirection
•   Hardware  Support   for   Modulo   Loop 
Auto-Focus  Module  Operation
•   C64x+  Instruction   Set   Features 
–  Byte-Addressable  (8-/16-/32-/64-bit  Data) 
–  8-bit  Overflow  Protection 
–  Bit-Field  Extract,  Set,  Clear 
–  Normalization,  Saturation,  Bit-Counting 
–  VelociTI.2  Increased  Orthogonality 
–  C64x+  Extensions  •   Multichannel  Audio  Serial  Port  (McASP)
•  Compact  16-bit  Instructions  –  Ten  Serializers  and  SPDIF  (DIT)  Mode 
•  Additional  Instructions  to  Support 
Complex  Multiplies
–  256K-bit  (32K-byte)  L1P  Program  Cache
[2-Way  Set-Associative]
–  2M-bit/256K-byte  (DM647)  or
4M-Bit/512K-byte)  (DM648)  L2  Unified 
Mapped  RAM/Cache  [Flexible  Allocation]
•  Supports  Little  Endian  Mode  Only 
•  Five  Configurable  Video  Ports 
–  Providing  a  Glueless  I/F  to  Common  Video
Decoder  and  Encoder  Devices
–  Supports  Multiple  Resolutions/Video  Stds
•   VCXO  Interpolated   Control   Port   (VIC) 
–  Supports  Audio/Video  Synchronization
•   External  Memory   Interfaces   (EMIFs) 
–  32-Bit  DDR2  SDRAM  Memory  Controller
With  256M-Byte  Address  Space  (1.8-V  I/O)
–  Asynchronous  16-Bit  Wide  EMIF  (EMIFA)
With  up  to  64M-Byte  Address  Reach
–  Glueless  Interface  to  Asynchronous
Memories  (SRAM,  Flash,  and  EEPROM)
–  Synchronous  Memories  (SBSRAM  and  ZBT
SRAM)
–  Supports  Interface  to  Standard  Sync
Devices  and  Custom  Logic  (FPGA,  CPLD, 
ASICs,  etc)
•   Enhanced  Direct-Memory-Access   (EDMA) 
Controller  (64  Independent  Channels)
•  3-Port  Gigabit  Ethernet  Switch 
•  Four  64-Bit  General-Purpose  Timers  (Each 
Configurable  as  Two  32-Bit  Timers)
•  One  UART  (With  RTS  and  CTS  Flow  Control) 
•  One  4-wire  Serial  Port  Interface  (SPI)  With  Two 
Chip-Selects
•   Master/Slave  Inter-Integrated   Circuit   (I2C 
Bus™)
•  16/32-Bit  Host-Port  Interface  (HPI) 
•  32-Bit  33-/66-MHz,  3.3-V  Peripheral  Component 
Interconnect  (PCI)  Master/Slave  Interface 
Conforms  to  PCI  Specification  2.3
•  VLYNQ™  Interface  (FPGA  Interface) 
•  On-Chip  ROM  Bootloader 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Please  be  aware  that  an  important  notice  concerning  availability,  standard  warranty,  and  use  in  critical  applications  of  Texas 
Instruments  semiconductor  products  and  disclaimers  thereto  appears  at  the  end  of  this  document.
PRODUCT  PREVIEW  information  concerns  products  in  the 
formative  or  design  phase  of  development.  Characteristic  data  and 
other  specifications  are  design  goals.  Texas  Instruments  reserves 
the  right  to  change  or  discontinue  these  products  without  notice.
Copyright  ©  2007,  Texas  Instruments  Incorporated
 
 
Page 2
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
•  Individual  Power-Saving  Modes  –  529-pin  nFBGA  (ZUT  suffix) 
•  Flexible  PLL  Clock  Generators 
•  IEEE-1149.1  (JTAG™) 
Boundary-Scan-Compatible
•   32  General-Purpose   I/O   (GPIO)   Pins 
(Multiplexed  With  Other  Device  Functions)
•   Package:
1.1.1  Trademarks 
TMS320C64x+,  C64x,  C64x+,  VelociTI,  VelociTI.2,  VLYNQ,  TMS320C6000,  C6000,  TI,  and  TMS320  are
trademarks  of  Texas  Instruments.
I2C  Bus  is  a  registered  trademark  of  Koninklijke  Philips  Electronics  N.V.
Windows  is  a  registered  trademark  of  Microsoft  Corporation  in  the  United  States  and/or  other  countries.
All  trademarks  are  the  property  of  their  respective  owners.
1.2  Description 
The  TMS320C64x+™  DSPs  (including  the  TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648  devices)  are  the
highest-performance  fixed-point  DSP  generation  in  the  TMS320C6000™  DSP  platform.  The
DM647/DM648  devices  are  based  on  the  third-generation  high-performance,  advanced  VelociTI™
very-long-instruction-word  (VLIW)  architecture  developed  by  Texas  Instruments  (TI),  making  these  DSPs
an  excellent  choice  for  digital  media  applications.  The  C64x+™  devices  are  upward  code-compatible  from
previous  devices  that  are  part  of  the  C6000™  DSP  platform.  The  C64x™  DSPs  support  added
functionality  and  have  an  expanded  instruction  set  from  previous  devices.
–  19x19  mm  0.8  mm  pitch  BGA 
–  0.09-  µ   m/6-Level  Cu  Metal  Process  (CMOS)
•  3.3-V  and  1.8-V  I/O,  1.2-V  Internal  (-720,  -900) 
•  Applications: 
–  Digital  Video  Recording
Any  reference  to  the  C64x  DSP  or  C64x  CPU  also  applies,  unless  otherwise  noted,  to  the  C64x+  DSP  and
C64x+  CPU,  respectively.
With  performance  of  up  to  7200  million  instructions  per  second  (MIPS)  at  a  clock  rate  of  900  MHz,  the
C64x+  core  offers  solutions  to  high-performance  DSP  programming  challenges.  The  DSP  core  possesses
the  operational  flexibility  of  high-speed  controllers  and  the  numerical  capability  of  array  processors.  The
C64x+  DSP  core  processor  has  64  general-purpose  registers  of  32-bit  word  length  and  eight  highly
independent  functional  units—two  multipliers  for  a  32-bit  result  and  six  arithmetic  logic  units  (ALUs).  The
eight  functional  units  include  instructions  to  accelerate  the  performance  in  video  and  imaging  applications.
The  DSP  core  can  produce  four  16-bit  multiply-accumulates  (MACs)  per  cycle  for  a  total  of  2400  million
MACs  per  second  (MMACS),  or  eight  8-bit  MACs  per  cycle  for  a  total  of  4800  MMACS.  For  more  details
on  the  C64x+  DSP,  see  the  TMS320C64x/C64x+  DSP  CPU  and  Instruction  Set  Reference  Guide 
(literature  number  SPRU732   ).
The  DM647/DM648  devices  also  have  application-specific  hardware  logic,  on-chip  memory,  and  additional
on-chip  peripherals  similar  to  the  other  C6000  DSP  platform  devices.  The  DM647/DM648  core  uses  a
two-level  cache-based  architecture.  The  Level  1  program  cache  (L1P)  is  a  256K-bit  direct  mapped  cache
and  the  Level  1  data  cache  (L1D)  is  a  256K-bit  2-way  set-associative  cache.  The  Level  2  memory/cache
(L2)  consists  of  a  4M-bit  (DM648)  or  2M-bit  (DM647)  memory  space  that  is  shared  between  program  and
data  space.  L2  memory  can  be  configured  as  mapped  memory,  cache,  or  combinations  of  the  two.
The  peripheral  set  includes:  The  DM647/DM648  devices  have  five  configurable  16-bit  video  port
peripherals  (VP0,  VP1,  VP2,  VP3,  and  VP4).  These  video  port  peripherals  provide  a  glueless  interface  to
common  video  decoder  and  encoder  devices.  The  DM647/DM648  video  port  peripherals  support  multiple
resolutions  and  video  standards  (e.g.,  CCIR601,  ITU-BT.656,  BT.1120,  SMPTE  125M,  260M,  274M,  and
296M),  a  VCXO  interpolated  control  port  (VIC);  a  1000  Mbps  3-port  switch  with  a  management  data
input/output  (MDIO)  module  and  two  SGMII  ports  (DM648  only);  an  1000  Mbps  Ethernet  media  access
controller  (EMAC)  and  a  management  data  input/output  (MDIO)  module  (only  DM647);  a  4-bit  transmit,
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648   Digital   Media   Processor  2  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
 
Page 3
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
4-bit  receive  VLYNQ  interface;  an  inter-integrated  circuit  (I2C)  bus  interface;  a  multichannel  audio  serial
port  (McASP)  with  ten  serializers;  four  64-bit  general-purpose  timers  each  configurable  as  two
independent  32-bit  timers;  a  user-configurable  16-bit  or  32-bit  host-port  interface  (HPI);  32  pins  for
general-purpose  input/output  (GPIO)  with  programmable  interrupt/event  generation  modes,  multiplexed
with  other  peripherals;  one  UART;  and  two  glueless  external  memory  interfaces:  a  synchronous  and
asynchronous  external  memory  interface  (EMIFA)  for  slower  memories/peripherals,  and  a  higher  DDR2
SDRAM  interface.
The  video  port  peripherals  provide  a  glueless  interface  to  common  video  decoder  and  encoder  devices.
The  video  port  peripherals  support  multiple  resolutions  and  video  standards  (e.g.,  CCIR601,  ITU-BT.656,
BT.1120,  SMPTE  125M,  260M,  274M,  and  296M).
The  video  port  peripherals  are  configurable  and  can  support  either  video  capture  and/or  video  display
modes.  Each  video  port  consists  of  two  channels  (A  and  B)  with  a  5120-byte  capture/display  buffer  that  is
splittable  between  the  two  channels.
For  more  details  on  the  video  port  peripherals,  see  the  TMS320C64x  DSP  Video  Port/VCXO  Interpolated 
Control   (VIC)   Port   Reference   Guide   (literature  number   SPRU629). 
The  management  data  input/output  (MDIO)  module  continuously  polls  all  32  MDIO  addresses  to
enumerate  all  PHY  devices  in  the  system.
The  I2C  and  VLYNQ  ports  allow  the  device  to  easily  control  peripheral  modules  and/or  communicate  with
host  processors.
The  rich  peripheral  set  provides  the  ability  to  control  external  peripheral  devices  and  communicate  with
external  processors.  For  details  on  each  of  the  peripherals,  see  the  related  sections  later  in  this  document
and  the  associated  peripheral  reference  guides.
The  DM647/DM648  devices  have  a  complete  set  of  development  tools.  These  include  C  compilers,  a  DSP
assembly  optimizer  to  simplify  programming  and  scheduling,  and  a  Windows™  debugger  interface  for
visibility  into  source  code  execution.
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648  Digital   Media   Processor   3 
 
 
Page 4
Timers
(464-bit
or832-bit)
EDMA 3.0
CC
TC  TC TC TC
SwitchedCentralResource
or
PCI66
UHPI
3-portEthernet
Switch
Subsystem
SGMII 
(x2,DM648) 
(x1,DM647)
L1D 32KB
C64x+
Mega
L1P 32KB
L2 RAM
256KB
(DM647)
512KB
(DM648)
L2 ROM
64KB
ImagingCoprocessor
VLYNQ
DDR2
EMIFA 16-bit
VideoPorts(5)
UART
McASP
SPI
I2C
PLL
JTAG
GPIOx32
VIC
DM647/DM648
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
1.3  Functional  Block  Diagram 
Figure  1-1  shows  the  functional  block  diagram  of  the  DM647/DM648  device. 
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648   Digital   Media   Processor  4  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
Figure  1-1.  TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648  Functional  Block  Diagram
 
 
Page 5
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Contents
1  TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648  Digital  Media  6  Peripheral  Information  and  Electrical
Processor  ..................................................  1   Specifications  ...........................................  56 
1.1  Features  ..............................................   1   6.1  Parameter  Information  ..............................   56 
1.1.1  Trademarks  ..........................................   2 
1.2  Description  ............................................   2 
1.3  Functional  Block  Diagram  ............................   4 
2  Device  Overview  .........................................  6 
2.1  Device  Characteristics  ................................   6 
2.2  CPU  (DSP  Core)  Description  .........................   7 
2.3  C64x+  CPU  ..........................................   10 
2.4  Memory  Map  Summary  .............................   12 
2.5  Pin  Assignments  ....................................   15 
2.6  Terminal  Functions  ..................................   19 
2.7  Device  Support  ......................................   33 
2.8  Device  and  Development-Support  Tool
Nomenclature  .......................................   35 
2.9  Documentation  Support  .............................   36 
3  Device  Configuration  ..................................  38 
3.1  System  Module  Registers  ...........................   38 
3.2  Bootmode  Registers  ................................   38 
3.3  Debugging  Considerations  ..........................   47 
3.4  Pullup/Pulldown  Resistors  ...........................   47 
4  System  Interconnect  ...................................  49 
4.1  Internal  Buses,  Bridges,  and  Switch  Fabrics  ........   49 
4.2  Data  Switch  Fabric  Connections  ....................   49 
4.3  Configuration  Switch  Fabric  .........................   51 
5  Device  Operating  Conditions  ........................  53 
5.1  Absolute  Maximum  Ratings  Over  Operating
Temperature  Range  (Unless  Otherwise  Noted)  .....   53 
5.2  Recommended  Operating  Conditions  ...............   54 
5.3  Electrical  Characteristics  Over  Recommended 
Ranges  of  Supply  Voltage  and  Operating
Temperature  (Unless  Otherwise  Noted)  ............   55 
6.2  Recommended  Clock  and  Control  Signal  Transition
Behavior  .............................................   58 
6.3  Power  Supplies  ......................................   58 
6.4  PLL1  and  PLL1  Controller  ...........................   63 
6.5  PLL2  and  PLL2  Controller  ...........................   67 
6.6  Enhanced  Direct  Memory  Access  (EDMA3)
Controller  ............................................   70 
6.7  Reset  Controller  .....................................   83 
6.8  Interrupts  ............................................   90 
6.9  DDR2  Memory  Controller  ...........................   94 
6.10  External  Memory  Interface  A  (EMIFA)  ..............   96 
6.11  Video  Port  ..........................................   104 
6.12  VCXO  Interpolated  Control  (VIC)  ..................   112 
6.13  Universal  Asynchronous  Receiver/Transmitter
(UART)  .............................................   114 
6.14  Inter-Integrated  Circuit  (I2C)  .......................   116 
6.15  Host-Port  Interface  (HPI)  Peripheral  ...............   120 
6.16  Peripheral  Component  Interconnect  (PCI)  .........   131 
6.17  Multichannel  Audio  Serial  Port  (McASP)
Peripheral  ..........................................   136 
6.18  3-Port  Ethernet  Switch  Subsystem  (3PSW)  .......   144 
6.19  Management  Data  Input/Output  (MDIO)  ...........   153 
6.20  Timers  ..............................................   155 
6.21  VLYNQ  Peripheral  .................................   157 
6.22  General-Purpose  Input/Output  (GPIO)  .............   160 
6.23  IEEE  1149.1  JTAG  .................................   163 
7  Mechanical  Data  .......................................  165 
7.1  Thermal  Data  for  ZUT  ..............................   165 
7.1.1  Packaging  Information  .............................   165 
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Contents  5 
 
Page 6
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
2  Device  Overview 
2.1  Device  Characteristics 
Table  2-1  , provides  an  overview  of  the  TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648  DSPs.  The  tables  show  significant 
features  of  the  DM647/DM648  devices,  including  the  capacity  of  on-chip  RAM,  the  peripherals,  the  CPU 
frequency,  and  the  package  type  with  pin  count.
Table  2-1.  Characteristics  of  the  DM647/DM648  Processor
HARDWARE  FEATURES  DM647  DM648
DDR2  memory  controller  (32-bit  bus 
width)  [1.8  V  I/O]
16-bit  bus  width 
synchronous/asynchronous  EMIF  1  1 
[EMIFA]
EDMA3  (64  independent  channels,  8 
QDMA  channels)
Timers  (each  configurable  as  1  64-bit  or   2  (each  configurable  as  1  64-bit  or   2
Peripherals 
Not  all  peripheral
pins  are  available 
at  the  same  time 
(For  more  detail, 
see  Section  3  .)
On-Chip  Memory
MegaModule  Rev 
ID
CPU  ID  +  CPU 
Rev  ID
JTAG  BSDL_ID  0x0B77  A02F  0x0B77  A02F 
CPU  Frequency  MHz  720,  900  720,  900
Cycle  Time  ns  1.39  ns  (-720),  1.11  ns  (-900)  1.39  ns  (-720),  1.11  ns  (-900)
Voltage
PLL  Options  CLKIN1  frequency  multiplier  x1  (Bypass),  x15,  x20,  x25,  x30,  x32  x1  (Bypass),  x15,  x20,  x25,  x30,  x32 
BGA  Package  529-Pin  Flip  Chip  Plastic  BGA  (ZUT)  529-Pin  Flip  Chip  Plastic  BGA  (ZUT)
UART  (with  RTS  and  CTS  flow  control)  (with  RTS  and  CTS  flow  control) 
I2C  1  (Master/Slave)  1  (Master/Slave) 
SPI  1  (4-wire,  2  chip  select)  1  (4-wire,  2  chip  select) 
McASP  1  (10  serailizers)  1  (10  serailizers) 
3-port  Ethernet  Switch  Subsystem
supporting  10/100/1000  Base-T  1  SGMII  port  available  2  SGMII  ports  available 
Management  data  input/output  (MDIO)
VLYNQ  1  1 
General-purpose  input/output  port
(GPIO) 
HPI  (16/32-bit)  1  1 
PCI  (32  bit)  (33  MHz  or  66  MHz)  1  (PCI33  or  PCI66)  1  (PCI33  or  PCI66) 
VIC  1  1 
Configurable  video  ports  5  5 
Size  (bytes)  320KB  RAM,  64KB  ROM  576KB  RAM,  64KB  ROM
Organization  to  32KB)  32KB)
Revision  ID  Register 
(MM_REVID[15:0])  0x0003  0x0003 
(address  location  0x0181  2000)
Control  Status  Register  (CSR.[31:16])  0x1000  0x1000 
JTAGID  register
(address  location:  0x0204  9018)
Core  (V)  1.2  V  (-720,  900)  1.2  V  (-720,  900) 
I/O  (V)  1.8  V,  3.3  V  1.8  V,  3.3  V
1  1
1  1
4  64-bit  General  Purpose  4  64-bit  General  Purpose
32-bit)  32-bit)
Up  to  32  pins  Up  to  32  pins
32KB  L1  program  (L1P)/cache  (Cache  32KB  L1  program  (L1P)/cache  (up  to 
up  to  32KB)  32KB) 
32KB  L1  data  (L1D)/cache  (Cache  up  32KB  L1  data  (L1D)/cache  (up  to
256KB  unified  mapped  RAM/Cache  512  KB  unified  mapped  RAM/Cache 
(L2)  (L2) 
64KB  Boot  ROM  64KB  Boot  ROM
Device   Overview  6  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 7
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  2-1.  Characteristics  of  the  DM647/DM648  Processor  (continued)
HARDWARE  FEATURES  DM647  DM648
Process  0.09-  µ  m/6-Level  Cu  Metal  Process 
Technology  (CMOS)
Product  Preview  (PP),  Advance
Product  Status
(1)  PRODUCT  PREVIEW  information  concerns  experimental  products  (designated  as  TMX)  that  are  in  the  formative  or  design  phase  of
development.  Characteristic  data  and  other  specifications  are  design  goals.  Texas  Instruments  reserves  the  right  to  change  or 
discontinue  these  products  without  notice.
(1)
Information  (AI),  PP  PP 
or  Production  Data  (PD)
2.2  CPU  (DSP  Core)  Description 
The  C64x+  central  processing  unit  (CPU)  consists  of  eight  functional  units,  two  register  files,  and  two  data 
paths  as  shown  in  Figure  2-1   . The  two  general-purpose  register  files  (A  and  B)  each  contain  32  32-bit 
registers  for  a  total  of  64  registers.  The  general-purpose  registers  can  be  used  for  data  or  can  be  data 
address  pointers.  The  data  types  supported  include  packed  8-bit  data,  packed  16-bit  data,  32-bit  data, 
40-bit  data,  and  64-bit  data.  Values  larger  than  32  bits,  such  as  40-bit-long  or  64-bit-long  values  are  stored 
in  register  pairs,  with  the  32  LSBs  of  data  placed  in  an  even  register  and  the  remaining  8  or  32  MSBs  in 
the  next  upper  register  (which  is  always  an  odd-numbered  register).
The  eight  functional  units  (.M1,  .L1,  .D1,  .S1,  .M2,  .L2,  .D2,  and  .S2)  are  each  capable  of  executing  one 
instruction  every  clock  cycle.  The  .M  functional  units  perform  all  multiply  operations.  The  .S  and  .L  units 
perform  a  general  set  of  arithmetic,  logical,  and  branch  functions.  The  .D  units  primarily  load  data  from 
memory  to  the  register  file  and  store  results  from  the  register  file  into  memory.
0.09  µ  m  0.09  µ  m
The  C64x+  CPU  extends  the  performance  of  the  C64x  core  through  enhancements  and  new  features. 
Each  C64x+  .M  unit  can  perform  one  of  the  following  each  clock  cycle:  one  32  x  32  bit  multiply,  one  16  x
32  bit  multiply,  two  16  x  16  bit  multiplies,  two  16  x  32  bit  multiplies,  two  16  x  16  bit  multiplies  with 
add/subtract  capabilities,  four  8  x  8  bit  multiplies,  four  8  x  8  bit  multiplies  with  add  operations,  and  four 
16  x  16  multiplies  with  add/subtract  capabilities  (including  a  complex  multiply).  There  is  also  support  for 
Galois  field  multiplication  for  8-bit  and  32-bit  data.  Many  communications  algorithms  such  as  FFTs  and 
modems  require  complex  multiplication.  The  complex  multiply  (CMPY)  instruction  takes  for  16-bit  inputs 
and  produces  a  32-bit  real  and  a  32-bit  imaginary  output.  There  are  also  complex  multiplies  with  rounding 
capability  that  produces  one  32-bit  packed  output  that  contain  16-bit  real  and  16-bit  imaginary  values.  The 
32  x  32  bit  multiply  instructions  provide  the  extended  precision  necessary  for  audio  and  other 
high-precision  algorithms  on  a  variety  of  signed  and  unsigned  32-bit  data  types.
The  .L  or  (Arithmetic  Logic  Unit)  now  incorporates  the  ability  to  do  parallel  add/subtract  operations  on  a 
pair  of  common  inputs.  Versions  of  this  instruction  exist  to  work  on  32-bit  data  or  on  pairs  of  16-bit  data 
performing  dual  16-bit  add  and  subtracts  in  parallel.  There  are  also  saturated  forms  of  these  instructions.
The  C64x+  core  enhances  the  .S  unit  in  several  ways.  In  the  C64x  core,  dual  16-bit  MIN2  and  MAX2 
comparisons  were  available  only  on  the  .L  units.  On  the  C64x+  core  they  are  also  available  on  the  .S  unit 
which  increases  the  performance  of  algorithms  that  do  searching  and  sorting.  Finally,  to  increase  data 
packing  and  unpacking  throughput,  the  .S  unit  allows  sustained  high  performance  for  the  quad  8-bit/16-bit 
and  dual  16-bit  instructions.  Unpack  instructions  prepare  8-bit  data  for  parallel  16-bit  operations.  Pack 
instructions  return  parallel  results  to  output  precision  including  saturation  support.
Other  new  features  include:
•   SPLOOP  - A  small   instruction   buffer   in   the   CPU   that   aids   in   creation   of   software   pipelining   loops   where   
multiple  iterations  of  a  loop  are  executed  in  parallel.  The  SPLOOP  buffer  reduces  the  code  size 
associated  with  software  pipelining.  Furthermore,  loops  in  the  SPLOOP  buffer  are  fully  interruptible.
•   Compact  Instructions   -  The   native   instruction   size   for   the   C6000   devices   is   32   bits.   Many   common   
instructions  such  as  MPY,  AND,  OR,  ADD,  and  SUB  can  be  expressed  as  16  bits  if  the  C64x+ 
compiler  can  restrict  the  code  to  use  certain  registers  in  the  register  file.  This  compression  is 
performed  by  the  code  generation  tools.
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Overview   7 
 
Page 8
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
•   Instruction  Set   Enhancement   -  As   noted   above,   there   are   new   instructions   such   as   32-bit   
multiplications,  complex  multiplications,  packing,  sorting,  bit  manipulation,  and  32-bit  Galois  field 
multiplication.
•   Exceptions  Handling   -  Intended   to   aid   the   programmer   in   isolating   bugs.   The   C64x+   CPU   is   able   to   
detect  and  respond  to  exceptions,  both  from  internally  detected  sources  (such  as  illegal  opcodes)  and 
from  system  events  (such  as  a  watchdog  time  expiration).
•   Privilege  - Defines  user   and   supervisor   modes   of   operation,   allowing   the   operating   system   to   give   a   
basic  level  of  protection  to  sensitive  resources.  Local  memory  is  divided  into  multiple  pages,  each  with 
read,  write,  and  execute  permissions.
•   Time-Stamp  Counter   -  Primarily   targeted   for   real-time   operating   system   (RTOS)   robustness,   a   
free-running  time-stamp  counter  is  implemented  in  the  CPU  which  is  not   sensitive  to  system  stalls.
For  more  details  on  the  C64x+  CPU  and  its  enhancements  over  the  C64x  architecture,  see  the  following 
documents:
•  TMS320C64x/C64x+  DSP  CPU  and  Instruction  Set  Reference  Guide  (literature  number  SPRU732   )  
•  TMS320C64x+  DSP  Megamodule  Reference  Guide  (literature  number  SPRU871   )  
•  TMS320C64x  to  TMS320C64x+  CPU  Migration  Guide  Application  Report  (literature  number  SPRAA84   )  
•  TMS320C64x+  DSP  Cache  User's  Guide  (literature  number  SPRU862   )  
Device  Overview8  Submit  Documentation  Feedback 
 
Page 9
.L1
long src
odd dst
src2
src1
src1
src1
src1
even dst
even dst
odd dst
dst1
dst
src2
src2
src2
long src
DA1
ST1b
LD1b 
LD1a
ST1a
Data path A
Odd
register
file A
(A1, A3,
A5...A31)
Odd
register
file B
(B1, B3,
B5...B31)
src1
dst
src2
DA2
LD2a 
LD2b
src2
.M2
src1
even dst
long src
odd dst
ST2a 
ST2b
long src
.L2
src1
Data path B
Control Register
32 MSB 
32 LSB
dst2
(A)
32 MSB 
32 LSB
2x
1x
32 LSB
32 MSB
32 LSB
32 MSB
dst2
(B)
(B) 
(A)
8
8
8
8
32
32
32
32
(C)
(C)
Even
register
file A
(A0, A2,
A4...A30)
Even
register
file B
(B0, B2,
B4...B30)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
A. On .M unit, dst2  is 32 MSB. 
B. On .M unit, dst1  is 32 LSB. 
C. On C64x CPU .M unit, src2  is 32 bits; on C64x+ CPU .M unit, src2  is 64 bits. 
D. On .L and .S units, odd dst  connects to odd register files and even dst  connects to even register files.
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Figure  2-1.  TMS320C64x+™  CPU  (DSP  Core)  Data  Paths
Submit  Documentation  Feedback  Device  Overview  9  
 
Page 10
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
2.3  C64x+  CPU 
The  C64x+  core  uses  a  two-level  cache-based  architecture.  The  Level  1  program  memory/cache  (L1P) 
consists  of  32-KB  memory  space  that  can  be  configured  as  mapped  memory  or  direct  mapped  cache.  The 
Level  1  data  memory/cache  (L1D)  consists  of  32  KB  that  can  be  configured  as  mapped  memory  or  2-way 
associated  cache.  The  Level  2  memory/cache  (L2)  consists  of  a  256  KB  (DM647)/512  KB  (DM648) 
memory  space  that  is  shared  between  program  and  data  space.  L2  memory  can  be  configured  as  mapped 
memory,  cache,  or  a  combination  of  both.
Table  2-2  shows  a  memory  map  of  the  C64x+  CPU  cache  registers  for  the  device. 
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  REGISTER  ACRONYM  DESCRIPTION
0x0184  0000  L2CFG  L2  cache  configuration  register 
0x0184  0020  L1PCFG  L1P  size  cache  configuration  register 
0x0184  0024  L1PCC  L1P  freeze  mode  cache  configuration  register 
0x0184  0040  L1DCFG  L1D  size  cache  configuration  register 
0x0184  0044  L1DCC  L1D  freeze  mode  cache  configuration  register
0x0184  0048  - 0x0184  0FFC  -  Reserved
0x0184  1000  EDMAWEIGHT  L2  EDMA  access  control  register
0x0184  1004  - 0x0184  1FFC  -  Reserved
0x0184  2000  L2ALLOC0  L2  allocation  register  0 
0x0184  2004  L2ALLOC1  L2  allocation  register  1 
0x0184  2008  L2ALLOC2  L2  allocation  register  2 
0x0184  200C  L2ALLOC3  L2  allocation  register  3
0x0184  2010  - 0x0184  3FFF  -  Reserved
0x0184  4000  L2WBAR  L2  writeback  base  address  register 
0x0184  4004  L2WWC  L2  writeback  word  count  register 
0x0184  4010  L2WIBAR  L2  writeback  invalidate  base  address  register 
0x0184  4014  L2WIWC  L2  writeback  invalidate  word  count  register 
0x0184  4018  L2IBAR  L2  invalidate  base  address  register 
0x0184  401C  L2IWC  L2  invalidate  word  count  register 
0x0184  4020  L1PIBAR  L1P  invalidate  base  address  register 
0x0184  4024  L1PIWC  L1P  invalidate  word  count  register 
0x0184  4030  L1DWIBAR  L1D  writeback  invalidate  base  address  register 
0x0184  4034  L1DWIWC  L1D  writeback  invalidate  word  count  register 
0x0184  4038  -  Reserved 
0x0184  4040  L1DWBAR  L1D  block  writeback 
0x0184  4044  L1DWWC  L1D  block  writeback 
0x0184  4048  L1DIBAR  L1D  invalidate  base  address  register 
0x0184  404C  L1DIWC  L1D  invalidate  word  count  register
0x0184  4050  - 0x0184  4FFF  -  Reserved
0x0184  5000  L2WB  L2  writeback  all  register 
0x0184  5004  L2WBINV  L2  writeback  invalidate  all  register 
0x0184  5008  L2INV  L2  global  invalidate  without  writeback
0x0184  500C  - 0x0184  5027  -  Reserved
0x0184  5028  L1PINV  L1P  global  invalidate
0x0184  502C  - 0x0184  5039  -  Reserved
0x0184  5040  L1DWB  L1D  global  writeback 
0x0184  5044  L1DWBINV  L1D  global  writeback  with  invalidate
Table  2-2.  C64x+  Cache  Registers
Device  Overview10  Submit  Documentation  Feedback 
 
Page 11
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  2-2.  C64x+  Cache  Registers  (continued)
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  REGISTER  ACRONYM  DESCRIPTION
0x0184  5048  L1DINV  L1D  global  invalidate  without  writeback 
0x0184  8000  - 0x0184  80FC  MAR0  - MAR63  Reserved  0x0000  0000  - 0x3FFF  FFFF 
0x0184  80C0  - 0x0184  80FC  MAR48  - MAR63  Reserved  0x3000  0000  - 0x3FFF  FFFF 
0x0184  8100  - 0x0184  813C  MAR64  - MAR79  Memory  attribute  registers  for  PCI  Data  0x4000  0000  - 0x4FFF  FFFF 
0x0184  8140  - 0x0184  827C  MAR80  - MAR159  Reserved  0x5000  0000  - 0x9FFF  FFFF 
0x0184  8280  - 0x0184  82BC  MAR160  - MAR175  Memory  attribute  registers  for  EMIFA  CE2  0xA000  0000-  0xA3FF  FFFF 
0x0184  8130  - 0x0184  813C  MAR76  - MAR79  Memory  Attribute  Registers  for  VLYNQ  0x4C00  0000  - 0x4FFF  FFFF 
0x0184  82C0  - 0x0184  82FC  MAR176  - MAR191  Memory  attribute  registers  for  EMIFA  CE3  0xB000  0000-  0xB3FF  FFFF
0x0184  8300-  0x0184  837C  MAR192  - MAR223  Reserved  0xC000  0000  - 0xDFFF  FFFF 
0x0184  8380  - 0x0184  83BC  MAR224  - MAR239  Memory  attribute  registers  for  DDR2  0xE000  0000  - 0xEFFF  FFFF 
0x0184  83C0  - 0x0184  83FC  MAR240  - MAR255  Reserved  0xF000  0000  - 0xFFFF  FFFF
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Overview   11 
 
Page 12
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
2.4  Memory  Map  Summary 
Table  2-3  shows  the  memory  map  address  ranges  of  the  device.  The  device  has  multiple  on-chip 
memories  associated  with  its  two  processors  and  various  subsystems.  To  help  simplify  software 
development,  a  unified  memory  map  is  used  where  possible  to  maintain  a  consistent  view  of  device 
resources  across  all  bus  masters.
START  END  SIZE  C64x+
ADDRESS  ADDRESS  (Bytes)  MEMORY  MAP
0x0000  0000  0x000F  FFFF  1M  Reserved 
0x0010  0000  0x0011  FFFF  128K  VICP 
0x0012  0000  0x001F  FFFF  1M-128K  Reserved 
0x0020  0000  0x007F  FFFF  6M  Reserved 
0x0080  0000  0x008B  FFFF  768K  Internal  ROM 
0x008C  0000  0x009F  7FFF  2M-768K  Reserved 
0x00A0  0000  0x00A3  FFFF  256K  L2  SRAM  (For  both  DM647  and  DM648) 
0x00A4  0000  0x00A7  FFFF  256K  L2  SRAM  (For  DM648  only) 
0x00B6  0000  0x00DF  FFFF  4M-1408K  Reserved 
0x00E0  0000  0x00E0  7FFF  32K  L1P  SRAM 
0x00E0  8000  0x00EF  FFFF  1M  – 32K  Reserved 
0x00F0  0000  0x00F0  7FFF  32K  L1D  SRAM 
0x00F0  8000  0x00FF  FFFF  1M  – 32K  Reserved 
0x0100  0000  0x017F  FFFF  8M  Reserved 
0x0180  0000  0x0180  FFFF  64K  C64x+  Interrupt  Controller 
0x0181  0000  0x0181  0FFF  4K  C64x+  Power-down  Control 
0x0181  1000  0x0181  1FFF  4K  C64x+  Security  ID 
0x0181  2000  0x0181  2FFF  4K  C64x+  Revision  ID 
0x0181  3000  0x0181  FFFF  52K  Reserved 
0x0182  0000  0x0182  040F  1040B  C64x+  EMC 
0x0182  0410  0x  0182  FFFF  64K  – 16  Reserved 
0x0183  0000  0x  0183  FFFF  64K  Reserved 
0x0184  0000  0x  0184  FFFF  64K  C64x+  Memory  control 
0x0185  0000  0x  01BB  FFFF  3,  520K  Reserved 
0x01BC  0000  0x  01BC  FFFF  64K  Emulation 
0x01BD  0000  0x  01BD  FFFF  64K  Reserved 
0x01BE  0000  0x  01BF  FFFF  128K  Reserved 
0x01BE  0000  0x  01FF  FFFF  4.125M  Reserved 
0x0200  0000  0x0200  0007F  128B  HPI  Control 
0x0200  0080  0x0203  FFFF  256K  – 128  Reserved 
0x0204  0000  0x0204  3FFF  16K  McASP  Control 
0x0204  4000  0x0204  43FF  1K  McASP  Data 
0x0204  4400  0x0204  47FF  1K  Timer0 
0x0204  4800  0x0204  4BFF  1K  Timer1 
0x020  44C00  0x0204  4FFF  1K  Timer2 
0x0204  5000  0x0204  53FF  1K  Timer3 
0x0204  5400  0x0204  5FFF  3K  Reserved 
0x0204  6000  0x0204  6FFF  4K  PSC 
0x0204  7000  0x0204  73FF  1K  UART 
0x0204  7400  0x0204  77FF  1K  VIC  Control 
0x0204  7800  0x0204  7BFF  1K  SPI 
0x0204  7C00  0x0204  7FFF  1K  I2C  Data  and  Control 
0x0204  8000  0x0204  83FF  1K  GPIO
Table  2-3.  Memory  Map  Summary
Device  Overview12  Submit  Documentation  Feedback 
 
Page 13
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
Table  2-3.  Memory  Map  Summary  (continued)
START  END  SIZE  C64x+
ADDRESS  ADDRESS  (Bytes)  MEMORY  MAP
0x0204  8400  0x0204  87FF  1K  PCI  Control 
0x0204  8800  0x0204  8FFF  2K  Reserved 
0x0204  9000  0x0204  9FFF  4K  Chip-Level  Registers 
0x0204  A000  0x0207  FFFF  216K  Reserved 
0x0208  0000  0x0209  FFFF  128K  VICP  Configuration 
0x020A  0000  0x020D  FFFF  256K  Reserved 
0x020E  0000  0x020E  01FF  512  PLL  Controller  1 
0x020E  0200  0x0211  FFFF  256K  – 512  Reserved 
0x0212  0000  0x0212  01FF  512  PLL  Controller  2 
0x0212  0200  0x0215  FFFF  256K  – 512  Reserved 
0x0216  0000  0x029C  FFFF  9M-576K  Reserved 
0x02A0  0000  0x02A0  7FFF  32K  EDMA3CC 
0x02A0  8000  0x02A1  FFFF  96K  Reserved 
0x02A2  0000  0x02A2  7FFF  32K  EDMA3TC0 
0x02A2  8000  0x02A2  FFFF  32K  EDMA3TC1 
0x02A3  0000  0x02A3  7FFF  32K  EDMA3TC2 
0x02A3  8000  0x02A3  FFFF  32K  EDMA3TC3 
0x02A4  0000  0x02A7  FFFF  256K  Reserved 
0x02A8  0000  0x02A8  04FF  1.25K  Reserved 
0x02A8  0500  0x02AB  FFFF  256K  – 1.25K  Reserved 
0x02AC  0000  0x02AD  FFFF  128K  Reserved 
0x02AE  0000  0x02AF  FFFF  128K  Reserved 
0x02B0  0000  0x02B0  00FF  256  Reserved 
0x02B0  0100  0x02B0  3FFF  16K  – 256  Reserved 
0x02B0  4000  0x02B0  407F  128  Reserved 
0x02B0  4080  0x02B3  FFFF  256K  –  128  Reserved 
0x02B4  0000  0x02B4  01FF  512  Reserved 
0x02B4  0200  0x02B7  FFFF  256K  –  512  Reserved 
0x02B8  0000  0x02B9  FFFF  128K  Reserved 
0x02BA  0000  0x02BB  FFFF  128K  Reserved 
0x02BC  0000  0x02BF  FFFF  256K  Reserved 
0x02C0  0000  0x02C0  3FFF  16K  VP0  Control 
0x02C0  4000  0x02C0  7FFF  16K  VP1  Control 
0x02C0  8000  0x02C0  BFFF  16K  VP2  Control 
0x02C0  C000  0x02C0  FFFF  16K  VP3  Control 
0x02C1  0000  0x02C1  3FFF  16K  VP4  Control 
0x02C1  4000  0x02C3  FFFF  176K  Reserved 
0x02C4  0000  0x02C7  FFFF  256K  Reserved 
0x02C8  0000  0x02CB  FFFF  256K  Reserved 
0x02CC  0000  0x02CF  FFFF  256K  Reserved 
0x02D0  0000  0x02D0  1FFF  8K  Ethernet  Subsystem  CPPI  RAM 
0x02D0  2000  0x02D0  2FFF  4K  Ethernet  Subsystem  Control 
0x02D0  3000  0x02D0  3FFF  4K  Ethernet  Subsystem  3PSW 
0x02D0  4000  0x02D0  47FF  2K  Ethernet  Subsystem  MDIO 
0x02D0  4800  0x02D0  4BFF  1K  Ethernet  Subsystem  SGMII0 
0x02D0  4C00  0x02D0  4FFF  1K  Ethernet  Subsystem  SGMII1  (DM648  only) 
0x02D0  5000  0x02D0  57FF  2K  Reserved 
0x02D0  5800  0x02DB  FFFF  746K  Reserved 
0x02DC  0000  0x02DF  FFFF  256K  Reserved
(1)
(1)
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
(1)  The  EMIFA  CS0  and  CS1  are  not   functionally  supported  on  the  DM648  device,  and  therefore,  are  not   pinned  out.
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Overview   13 
 
Page 14
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  2-3.  Memory  Map  Summary  (continued)
START  END  SIZE  C64x+
ADDRESS  ADDRESS  (Bytes)  MEMORY  MAP
0x02E0  0000  0x02E0  3FFF  16K  Reserved 
0x02E0  4000  0x02FF  FFFF  2M  –  16K  Reserved 
0x0300  0000  0x03FF  FFFF  16M  Reserved 
0x0400  0000  0x0FFF  FFFF  192M  Reserved 
0x1000  0000  0x1FFF  FFFF  256M  Reserved 
0x2000  0000  0x2FFF  FFFF  256M  Reserved 
0x3000  0000  0x3000  00FF  256  Reserved 
0x3000  0100  0x33FF  FFFF  64M  – 256  Reserved 
0x3400  0000  0x3400  00FF  256  Reserved 
0x3400  0100  0x37FF  FFFF  64M  – 256  Reserved 
0x3800  0000  0x3BFF  FFFF  64M  VLYNQ 
0x3C00  0000  0x3CFF  FFFF  16M  Reserved 
0x3D00  0000  0x3DFF  FFFF  16M  Reserved 
0x3E00  0000  0x3FFF  FFFF  32M  Reserved 
0x4000  0000  0x4FFF  FFFF  256M  PCI  Data 
0x5000  0000  0x51FF  FFFF  32M  VP0  ChannelA  Data 
0x5200  0000  0x53FF  FFFF  32M  VP0  ChannelB  Data 
0x5400  0000  0x55FF  FFFF  32M  VP1  ChannelA  Data 
0x5600  0000  0x57FF  FFFF  32M  VP1  ChannelB  Data 
0x5800  0000  0x59FF  FFFF  32M  VP2  ChannelA  Data 
0x5A00  0000  0x5BFF  FFFF  32M  VP2  ChannelB  Data 
0x5C00  0000  0x5DFF  FFFF  32M  Reserved 
0x5E00  0000  0x5FFF  FFFF  32M  Reserved 
0x6000  0000  0x61FF  FFFF  32M  VP3  ChannelA  Data 
0x6200  0000  0x63FF  FFFF  32M  VP3  ChannelB  Data 
0x6400  0000  0x65FF  FFFF  32M  VP4  ChannelA  Data 
0x6600  0000  0x67FF  FFFF  32M  VP4  ChannelB  Data 
0x6800  0000  0x6FFF  FFFF  128M  Reserved 
0x7000  0000  0x77FF  FFFF  128M  EMIFA  Config 
0x7800  0000  0x7FFF  FFFF  128M  DDR2  EMIF  Config 
0x8000  0000  0x8FFF  FFFF  256M  Reserved 
0x9000  0000  0x9FFF  FFFF  256M  Reserved 
0xA000  0000  0xA3FF  FFFF  64M  EMIFA  CE2 
0xA400  0000  0xAFFF  FFFF  256-64M  Reserved 
0xB000  0000  0xB3FF  FFFF  64M  EMIFA  CE3 
0xB400  0000  0xBFFF  FFFF  256-64M  Reserved 
0xC000  0000  0xCFFF  FFFF  256M  Reserved 
0xD000  0000  0xDFFF  FFFF  256M  Reserved 
0xE000  0000  0xEFFF  FFFF  256M  DDR2  SDRAM 
0xF000  0000  0xFFFF  FFFF  256M  Reserved
Device   Overview  14  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 15
2.5  Pin  Assignments 
V
SS
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
AHCLKX AHCLKR  ACLKR  ACLKX
V
SS
SGMII1RXN
REFCLKN
V
SS
VP2CLK0 VP2CTL1
AMUTEIN
AMUTE
V
SS
AFSR
A
VDDT
SGMII0RXP
A
VDDR
REFCLKP
VP2CTL0
VP2D07
V
SS
AXR7
AXR6
VDAC/
AXR9
AFSX
V
SS
SGMII1RXP
SGMII0RXN
V
SS
PREQ/
GP03
VP2CTL2/
VSCRUN
VP2D04
VP2D03
STCLK/
AXR8
AXR4
AXR0
V
SS
SGMII1TXP
VP2CLK1/
VCLK
VP2D12/
VRXD0
VP2D06
VP2D09  VP2D02
AXR3
V
SS
SGMII0TXP
SGMII0TXN
A
VDDA
SGMII1TXN
RSV22
V
SS
VP2D13 
/VRXD1
VP2D14/
VRXD2
VP2D08
AXR5
AXR1
RSV17
VP2D15/
VRXD3
VP2D17/
VTXD1
VP2D16/
VTXD0
VP2D19/
VTXD3
VP2D18/
VTXD2
VP2D05
AXR2
MDIO
MDCLK
D
VDDD
PINTA/
GP02
PRST/
GP01
VP3CLK0/
AECLKIN
VP3CTL0/
ASDWE
VP3D05/
AED03
VP3D04/
AED02
VP3D03/
AED01
VP3D02/
AED00
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
VP3CTL1/
ARNW
VP3D12/
AED08
VP3D09/
AED07
VP3D08/
AED06
VP3D07/
AED05
VP3D06/
AED04
AC
AB
AA
Y
W
V
U
T
R
P
N
M
V
SS
C
VDDESS
V
SS
VP3CLK1/
AECLK
OUT
VP3CTL2/
AOE
VP3D16/
AED12
VP3D15/
AED11
VP3D14/
AED10
VP3D13/
AED09
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
PLLV1
VP3D17/
AED13
VP3D19/
AED15
VP3D18/
AED14
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
CLKIN1
RSV9
SYSCLK4
VP4D03/
ABE01
VP4D04/
AEA10
VP4D05  V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
C
VDD
1  2
3
4
5  6
7
8  9  10
11  12
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
V
SS
RSV21
A
VDDA
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
D
VDD33
C
VDD
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
A
VDDA
D
VDD33
V
SS
C
VDDESS
A
VDDT
V
SS
C
VDD
C
VDD
Extensive  use  of  pin  multiplexing  is  used  to  accommodate  the  largest  number  of  peripheral  functions  in 
the  smallest  possible  package.  Pin  multiplexing  is  controlled  using  a  combination  of  hardware 
configuration  at  device  reset  and  software  programmable  register  settings.  For  more  information  on  pin 
muxing,  see  Section  3.2.6   , PINMUX  Register .
2.5.1  Pin  Map  (Bottom  View) 
Figure  2-2  through   Figure  2-5  show  the  bottom  view  of  the  ZUT   package  pin  assignments  in  four 
quadrants  (A,  B,  C,  and  D).
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Figure  2-2.  ZUT  Pin  Map  [Top  Left  Quadrant]
Submit  Documentation  Feedback  Device  Overview  15  
 
Page 16
AD26/
HD26
AD22/ 
HD22
PCLK/
HHWIL
V
SS
PCBE1
HDS2
/
PIRDY
HRDY
/
AD14/
HD14
PCBE0/
GP04
AD02/ 
HD02
AD04/
HD04
AD27/
HD27
AD23/ 
HD23
AD17/
HD17
AD12/
HD12
V
SS
AD08/ 
HD08
AD05/ 
HD05
AD01/
HD01
V
SS
AD28/
HD28
PIDSEL/
GP06
GP05
AD18/
HD18
PFRAME
HINT /
PTRDY/
AD15/
HD15
AD13/
HD13
AD09/ 
HD09
AD06/ 
HD06
AD00/
HD00
AD03/
HD03
AD29/
HD29
PCBE3/
GP07
AD19/
HD19
AD16/
HD16
PDEVSEL
/HCNTL1
PSTOP
/HCNTL0
AD11/
HD11
AD10/ 
HD10
AD07/ 
HD07
VP0CTL0 VP0CLK0
AD30/
HD30
AD24/ 
HD24
AD20/
HD20
PPERR
HCS
/  PSERR/
HDS1
PPAR/
HAS
VP0D02  VP0D06
V
SS
AD31/
HD31
AD25/ 
HD25
AD21/
HD21
V
SS
VP0D03
VP0D05  VP0D09
VP0D012/
GP12
VP0CTL1 VP0CLK1
V
SS
V
SS
VP0D04  VP0D08  VP0D16  VP0D18  VP0D17
VP0CTL2
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
VP0D07
VP0D14/
GP14
VP0D15/
GP15
VP0D13/
GP13
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
VP0D19
VP1D02/
GP16
VP1D07/
GP21
VP1D06/
GP20
VP1D05/
GP19
VP1CTL0
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
VP1D04/
GP18
VP1D03/
GP17
VP1D14/
GP26
VP1D13/
GP25
VP1CTL1 VP1CLK0
V
SS
V
SS
VP1D17/
GP29
VP1D12/
GP24
VP1D09/
GP23
VP1D08/
GP22
VP1CTL2 VP1CLK1
V
SS
C
VDD
V
SS
D
VDD33
V
SS
VP1D16/
GP28
VP1D19/
GP31
VP1D15/
GP27
VP1D18/
GP30
V
SS
AC
AB
AA
Y
W
V
U
T
R
P
N
M
13  14  15  16  17  18  19  20  21  22  23
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
PCBE2
HRW
/
PGNT/
GP00
D
VDD33
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
D
VDD33
C
VDD
C
VDD
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Figure  2-3.  ZUT  Pin  Map  [Top  Right  Quadrant]
Device  Overview16  Submit  Documentation  Feedback 
 
Page 17
VP4CLK0/
AARDY
L
K
J
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
1  2  3
4
5
6
7
8  9  10  11
VP4D02/
ABE00
VP4D06/
ACE2
VP4D07/
ACE3
VP4D08/
AEA00
D
VDD33
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
VP4CLK1
VP4CTL2/
AADS
VP4D09/
AEA01
VP4D12/
AEA02
VP4D14/
AEA04
VP4D13/
AEA03
V
SS
V
SS
VP4CTL1/
ABA1
VP4CTL0/
ABA0
VP4D16/
AEA06
VP4D15/
AEA05
VP4D19/
AEA09
VP4D18/
AEA08
VP4D17/
AEA07
V
SS
C
VDD
V
SS
V
SS
UHPIEN
HPIWIDTH/
AEA16
AEA23
RSV_BOOT/
AEA15
RSV7
C
VDD1
V
SS
EMIB
WIDTH/
AEA22
FASTBOOT
/AEA21
PCI66/ 
AEA18
V
SS
D
VDD18
V
SS
CLKIN2
DEVICE
ENABLE0/
AEA20
BOOT
MODE3/
AEA14
BOOT
MODE0/
AEA11
BOOT
MODE1/
AEA12
AECLKIN
SEL/
AEA17
BOOT
MODE2/
AEA13
RSV18
V
SS
BBA1
RSV11 RSV12
AEA19
D
VDD18
V
SS
BED05
BSDDQM0
BED00
BBA0
BEA12
RSV14
RSV4
BSDDQM1
BSDDQ
GATE1
BED06
BSDDQ
GATE0
V
SS
BSDCAS  BSDWE
V
SS
RSV10
V
SS
BED11
BED09
BED07
BED03
BED01
V
REFSSTL
BEA06
BED12
BED15
BED10
BED08
BED04
BED02
RSV15
BSDCKE
BBA2
V
SS
RSV20
BED13
BED14
V
SS
BSDDQS1N BSDDQS1P BSDDQS0N BSDDQS0P
A
VDLL1
BECLKOUTP
BECLKOUTN
12
BEA08
D
VDD18
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
D
VDD33
V
SS
D
VDD33
V
SS
C
VDD
RSV8
D
VDD33
PLLV2
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
V
SS
D
VDD18
BCE
BEA13
RSV13
BSDRAS
RSV3
RSV6  RSV5
RSV19
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
V
DD18MON
D
VDD18
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Overview   17 
Figure  2-4.  ZUT  Pin  Map  [Bottom  Left  Quadrant]
 
Page 18
V
CCMON
D
VDD18
D
VDD33
L
K
J
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
13  14  15  16  17  18  19  20  21  22  23
C
VDD
V
SS
V
SS
EMU4
RSV2  TMS
TRST
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
EMU11
EMU9
EMU3
EMU2  EMU1  EMU0
C
VDD1
V
SS
V
SS
RESET
EMU6
EMU5
TDI
TDO
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
DD33MON
RESETSTAT
EMU8 EMU10
EMU7
TCLK
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
NMI
POR
V
SS
SPIDI/
UARTRTS
BEODT1
BEA02
V
SS
V
SS
SPICS2/
UARTRX
SPICLK
SPIDO/
UART/
CTS
BEODT0
BEA03
BSDDQM2
BED19
BED23
BSDDQ
GATE2
BED31
SPICS1/ 
UARTTX
SDA0
V
SS
BEA04  BEA00  BED18
BED22
BED25
BED28
V
SS
SCL0
T1INP12/
GP10
T1OUT12/
GP11
BEA05  BEA01
BED17  BED21  BED24  BED27
BED30
T0INP12/
GP08
T0OUT12/
GP09
BEA09
BED16  BED20  BED26
BED29
BSDDQ
GATE3
RSV16
BEA10
BEA11
BEA07
V
SS
BSDDQS2N
BSDDQS2P
V
SS
BSDDQS3N BSDDQS3P
BSDDQM3
A
VDLL2
V
SS
C
VDD
RSV1
C
VDD
D
VDD33
C
VDD
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD33
D
VDD18
V
SS
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
18  Device  Overview  Submit  Documentation  Feedback  
Figure  2-5.  ZUT  Pin  Map  [Bottom  Right  Quadrant]
 
Page 19
2.6  Terminal  Functions 
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
The  terminal  functions  tables  (Table  2-4   through  Table  2-5   )  identify  the  external  signal  names,  the 
associated  pin  (ball)  numbers  along  with  the  mechanical  package  designator,  the  pin  type,  whether  the  pin 
has  any  internal  pullup  or  pulldown  resistors,  and  a  functional  pin  description.  For  more  detailed 
information  on  device  configuration,  peripheral  selection,  multiplexed/shared  pin,  and  debugging 
considerations,  see  Section  3   .
All  device  boot  and  configuration  pins  are  multiplexed  with  functional  pins.  These  pins  function  as  device 
boot  and  configuration  pins  only  during  device  reset.  When  both  the  reset  pin  ( RESET)  and  the  power-on 
reset  pin  ( POR)  are  deasserted,  the  input  states  of  these  multiplexed  device  boot  and  configuration  pins 
are  sampled  and  latched  into  the  BOOTCFG  register.  For  proper  device  operation,  these  pins  must  be 
pulled  up/down  to  the  desired  value  via  an  external  resistor.
Table  2-4.  TERMINAL  FUNCTIONS
TERMINAL  NAME  NO  TYPE  INTERNAL  OPER  DESCRIPTION
CLKIN1  M1  I  IPD  3.3  V  Clock  Input  for  PLL1 
CLKIN2  F1  I  IPD  3.3  V  Clock  Input  for  PLL2 
REFCLKN  AC11  I  Differential  Reference  Clock  input  (negative)  for  SGMII 
REFCLKP  AB11  I  Differential  Reference  Clock  input  (positive)  for  SGMII 
PLLV1  N3  A  1.8  V  1.8-V  I/O  Supply  Voltage  for  PLL1 
PLLV2  G7  A  1.8  V  1.8-V  I/O  Supply  Voltage  for  PLL2 
SYSCLK4  M3  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Clock  out  of  device  speed/4
TCLK  H23  I  IPU  3.3  V  JTAG  Test  Port  Clock 
TDI  J22  I  IPU  3.3  V  JTAG  Test  Port  Data  In 
TDO  J23  OZ  IPU  3.3  V  JTAG  Test  Port  Data  Out 
TMS  L22  I  IPU  3.3  V  JTAG  Test  Port  Mode  Select 
TRST  L23  I  IPD  3.3  V  JTAG  Test  Port  Reset 
EMU0  K23  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  JTAG  Test  Port  Emulation  0 
EMU1  K22  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  JTAG  Test  Port  Emulation  1 
EMU2  K21  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  JTAG  Test  Port  Emulation  2 
EMU3  K20  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  JTAG  Test  Port  Emulation  3 
EMU4  L18  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  JTAG  Test  Port  Emulation  4 
EMU5  J21  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  JTAG  Test  Port  Emulation  5 
EMU6  K19  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  JTAG  Test  Port  Emulation  6 
EMU7  H21  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  JTAG  Test  Port  Emulation  7 
EMU8  J20  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  JTAG  Test  Port  Emulation  8 
EMU9  H20  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  JTAG  Test  Port  Emulation  9 
EMU10  J19  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  JTAG  Test  Port  Emulation  10 
EMU11  K18  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  JTAG  Test  Port  Emulation  11
NMI  J18  I  IPD  3.3  V  Non  maskable  Interrupt 
RESETSTAT  H19  O  3.3  V  Reset  Status  Pin 
RESET  G20  I  3.3  V  Device  Reset 
POR  H18  I  3.3  V  Power  On  Reset
HOST-PORT  INTERFACE  (HPI)  or  PERIPHERAL  COMPONENT  INTERCONNECT  (PCI)  or  GPIO[0:7]
PULLUP/  VOLT
PULLDOWN
Clock/PLL  Configuration
JTAG
RESET/INTERRUPTS
Submit  Documentation  Feedback  Device  Overview  19  
 
Page 20
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
TERMINAL  NAME  NO  TYPE  INTERNAL  OPER  DESCRIPTION
AD00/HD00  AA22  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Host  Port  data  [15:00]  pin  or  PCI  data-address  bus  [15:00] 
AD01/HD01  AB22  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD02/HD02  AC21  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD03/HD03  AA23  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD04/HD04  AC22  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD05/HD05  AB21  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD06/HD06  AA21  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD07/HD07  Y21  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD08/HD08  AB20  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD09/HD09  AA20  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD10/HD10  Y20  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD11/HD11  Y19  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD12/HD12  AB18  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD13/HD13  AA19  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD14/HD14  AC18  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD15/HD15  AA18  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD16/HD16  Y16  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Host  Port  data  [31:16]  pin  or  PCI  data-address  bus  [31:16] 
AD17/HD17  AB15  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD18/HD18  AA15  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD19/HD19  Y15  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD20/HD20  W15  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD21/HD21  V15  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD22/HD22  AC14  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD23/HD23  AB14  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD24/HD24  W14  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD25/HD25  V14  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD26/HD26  AC13  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD27/HD27  AB13  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD28/HD28  AA13  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD29/HD29  Y13  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD30/HD30  W13  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
AD31/HD31  V13  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V 
PPAR/  HAS  W19  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Host  address  strobe  (I)  or  PCI  parity  [default] 
PSTOP/HCNTL0  Y18  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Host  Control  selects  between  control,  address,  or  data  registers  (I)
PDEVSEL/HCNTL1  Y17  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Host  Control  selects  between  control,  address,  or  data  registers  (I)
PPERR/  HCS  W17  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Host  chip  select  (I)  or  PCI  parity  error  [default] 
PSERR/  HDS1  W18  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Host  data  strobe  1  (I)  or  PCI  system  error  [default] 
PCBE0/GP04  AC20  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  PCI  command/byte  enable  0  or  GP[2]  [default 
PCBE1/  HDS2  AC17  I  IPU  3.3  V  PCI  command/byte  enable  1  or  host  data  strobe  2 
PCBE2/  HRW  W16  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  PCI  command/byte  enable  2  or  host  read  or  write  select  (I) 
PCBE3/GP07  Y14  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  PCI  command/byte  enable  3  or  GPIO[7] 
PCLK/HHWIL  AC15  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  PCI  clock  (I)  [default]  or  host  half-word  select  - first  or  second
PFRAME/  HINT  AA16  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  PCI  frame  or  host  interrupt  from  DSP  to  host  (O/Z)
Table  2-4.  TERMINAL  FUNCTIONS  (continued)
PULLUP/  VOLT
PULLDOWN
[default]
[default]
or  PCI  Stop  [default]
or  PCI  Device  Select  [default]
half-word  (not  necessarily  high  or  low  order)  [For  HPI16  bus  width 
selection  only]  (I)
Device   Overview  20  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 21
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  2-4.  TERMINAL  FUNCTIONS  (continued)
TERMINAL  NAME  NO  TYPE  INTERNAL  OPER  DESCRIPTION
PIRDY/  HRDY  AB17  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  PCI  initiator  ready  [default]  or  host  ready  from  DSP  to  host  (O/Z) 
PGNT/GP00  U13  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  PCI  bus  grant  (I)  or  GPIO[0] 
PRST/GP01  U12  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  PCI  Reset  (I)  or  GPIO[1] 
PINTA/GP02  V12  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  PCI  Interrupt  A  (O/Z)  or  GPIO[2] 
PREQ/GP03  AA12  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  PCI  bus  request  (O/Z)  or  GPIO[3] 
PTRDY/GP05  AA17  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  PCI  target  ready  or  GPIO[5] 
PIDSEL/GP06  AA14  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  PCI  Initialization  device  select  (I)  or  GPIO[6]
BBA0  C12  I/O/Z  1.8  V  DDR2  Memory  Controller  Bank  Address  Control 
BBA1  B12  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BBA2  E11  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BCE  F9  I/O/Z  1.8  V  DDR2  Memory  Controller  Memory  Space  Enable 
BEA00  D15  I/O/Z  1.8  V  DDR2  Memory  Controller  External  Address 
BEA01  C15  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BEA02  F13  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BEA03  E14  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BEA04  D14  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BEA05  C14  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BEA06  F11  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BEA07  B14  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BEA08  F12  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BEA09  D13  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BEA10  A13  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BEA11  B13  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BEA12  E12  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BEA13  F10  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BECLKOUTN  A12  I/O/Z  1.8  V  DDR2  Memory  Controller  Output  Clock  (CLKIN2  frequency  x 10) 
BECLKOUTP  A11  I/O/Z  1.8  V  Negative  DDR2  Memory  Controller  Output  Clock  (CLKIN2
BED00  E9  I/O/Z  1.8  V  DDR2  Memory  Controller  External  Data 
BED01  C9  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED02  B9  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED03  C8  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED04  E8  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED05  D8  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED06  C7  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED07  E7  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED08  C6  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED09  B7  I/O/Z  1.8  V
PULLUP/  VOLT
PULLDOWN
DDR2  MEMORY  CONTROLLER
frequency  x  10)
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Overview   21 
 
Page 22
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
TERMINAL  NAME  NO  TYPE  INTERNAL  OPER  DESCRIPTION
BED10  D6  I/O/Z  1.8  V  DDR2  Memory  Controller  External  Data  (continued) 
BED11  A3  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED12  B3  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED13  A4  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED14  B4  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED15  C5  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED16  B16  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED17  C16  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED18  D16  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED19  E16  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED20  B17  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED21  C17  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED22  D17  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED23  E17  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED24  C18  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED25  D18  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED26  B19  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED27  C19  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED28  B20  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED29  D19  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED30  C20  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BED31  E19  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BEODT0  E13  I/O/Z  1.8  V  On-die  termination  signals  to  external  DDR2  SDRAM.  These  pins 
BEODT1  A14  I/O/Z  1.8  V
BSDCAS  D10  I/O/Z  1.8  V  DDR2  Memory  Controller  SDRAM  column  address  strobe 
BSDCKE  B11  I/O/Z  1.8  V  DDR2  Memory  Controller  SDRAM  clock-enable 
BSDDQGATE0  D7  I/O/Z  1.8  V  DDR2  Memory  Controller  data  strobe  Gate 
BSDDQGATE1  B6  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BSDDQGATE2  E18  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BSDDQGATE3  A21  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BSDDQM0  B8  I/O/Z  1.8  V  DDR2  Memory  Controller  byte-enable  controls.  Decoded  from  the 
BSDDQM1  D5  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BSDDQM2  E15  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BSDDQM3  B21  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BSDDQS0P  A9  I/O/Z  1.8  V  DDR2  Memory  Controller  data  strobe  [3:0] 
BSDDQS1P  A7  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BSDDQS2P  A17  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BSDDQS3P  A20  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BSDDQS0N  A8  I/O/Z  1.8  V  DDR2  Memory  Controller  data  strobe  [3:0]  negative 
BSDDQS1N  A6  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BSDDQS2N  A16  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BSDDQS3N  A19  I/O/Z  1.8  V 
BSDRAS  E10  I/O/Z  1.8  V  DDR2  Memory  Controller  SDRAM  row  address  strobe 
BSDWE  D11  I/O/Z  1.8  V  DDR2  Memory  Controller  SDRAM  write  enable
Table  2-4.  TERMINAL  FUNCTIONS  (continued)
PULLUP/  VOLT
PULLDOWN
are  reserved  for  future  use  and  should  not  be  connected  to  the 
DDR2  SDRAM. 
Note:  There  are  no  on-die  termination  resistors  implemented  on 
the  DM647/DM648DSP  die.
low-order  address  bits.  The  number  of  address  bits  or  byte 
enables  used  depends  on  the  width  of  external  memory.  Byte-write 
enables  for  most  types  of  memory.  Can  be  directly  connected  to 
SDRAM  read  and  write  mask  signal  (SDQM).
Device   Overview  22  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 23
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  2-4.  TERMINAL  FUNCTIONS  (continued)
TERMINAL  NAME  NO  TYPE  INTERNAL  OPER  DESCRIPTION
DEVICEENABLE0/AE  F2  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  EMIFA  External  Address  20  (word  address)  (O/Z)  For  proper 
A20  device  operation,  this  pin  must  be  externally  pulled  up  with  a  1-k  Ω 
EMIFAWIDTH/AEA22  G3  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  EMIFA  External  Address  22  (word  address)  (O/Z)  EMIFA  data  bus
FASTBOOT/AEA21  G2  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  EMIFA  External  Address  22  (word  address)  (O/Z)  Enables  FAST
UHPIEN  H2  I  IPD  3.3  V  UHPI  enable  pin.  This  pin  controls  the  selection  (enable/disable)  of
HPIWIDTH/AEA16  H3  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  EMIFA  External  Address  16  (word  address)  (O/Z)  HPI  peripheral
RSVBOOT/AEA15  H6  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  EMIFA  External  Address  15  (word  address)  (O/Z)  For  proper
PCI66/AEA18  G5  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  PCI  Frequency  Selection  (PCI66).  The  PCI  peripheral  must  be
BOOTMODE0/AEA11  F3  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  0000  Master  mode  - Emulation  Boot 
BOOTMODE1/AEA12  F4 
BOOTMODE2/AEA13  F5 
BOOTMODE3/AEA14  G6
SCL0  D22  I/O/Z  3.3  V  I2C  clock.  When  the  I2C  module  is  used,  use  an  external  pullup
SDA0  C23  I/O/Z  3.3  V  I2C  data.  When  I2C  is  used,  make  certain  there  is  an  external
PULLUP/  VOLT
PULLDOWN
CONFIGURATION  AND  EMIFA
resistor  at  device  reset
width  selection  pin  state  captured  at  the  rising  edge  of  RESET. 
0  sets  EMIFA  CS2  to  8  bit  data  bus  width 
1  sets  EMIFA  CS2  to  16  bit  data  bus  width.  For  details.  see
Section  3 . 
BOOT  of  the  device.  For  details  see  Section  3  .
the  HPI  and  GPIO[0:7]  muxed  with  PCI.  For  details  see  Section  3  .
bus  width  (HPI_WIDTH)  select  [Applies  only  when  HPI  is  enabled; 
UHPIEN  pin  =  1]
device  operation,  this  pin  must  be  externally  pulled  up  with  a  1-k  Ω  
resistor  at  device  reset
enabled  (UHPIEN  =  0)  to  use  this  function.PCI66_AEA18  selects 
the  PCI  operating  frequency  of  66  MHz  or  33  MHz.  PCI  operating 
frequency  is  selected  at  reset  via  the  pullup/pulldown  resistor  on 
the  PCI66  pin:AEA18: 
0  - PCI  operates  at  33  MHz  (default) 
1  - PCI  operates  at  66  MHz.
0001  Slave  mode  - HPI  Boot  (if  UHPIEN  =  1)
or  PCI  Boot  (if  UHPIEN  =  0)  without  auto-initialization
0010  Slave  mode  - HPI  Boot  (if  UHPIEN  =  1)
or  PCI  Boot  (if  UHPIEN  =  0)  with  auto-initialization 
0011  Master  mode  - UART  boot  without  flow  control 
0100  Master  mode  - EMIFA  CS2  direct/fast  boot 
0101  Master  mode  - I2C  boot 
0110  Master  mode  - SPI  boot 
0111  Reserved 
1000  Master  mode  - 3-port  Ethernet  Subsystem  boot  through
SGMII0  for  DM647  only
Reserved  in  DM648 
1001  Master  mode  - 3-port  Ethernet  Subsystem  boot  through
SGMII0  for  DM648  only
Reserved  in  DM647 
1010  Master  mode  - 3-port  Ethernet  Subsystem  boot  through
SGMII1  for  DM648  only
Reserved  in  DM647 
1011  Reserved 
1100  Reserved 
1101  Reserved 
1110  Master  mode  - UART  boot  with  flow  control 
1111  Reserved
INTER-INTEGRATED  CIRCUIT  (I2C)
resistor.
pullup  resistor.
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Overview   23 
 
Page 24
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
TERMINAL  NAME  NO  TYPE  INTERNAL  OPER  DESCRIPTION
SGMII0RXN  AA10  I  1.2  V  Differential  SGMII  port  0  RX  input  (negative) 
SGMII0RXP  AA9  I  1.2  V  Differential  SGMII  port  0  RX  input  (positive) 
SGMII0TXN  W11  O  1.2  V  Differential  SGMII  port  0  TX  output  (negative) 
SGMII0TXP  Y11  O  1.2  V  Differential  SGMII  port  0  TX  output  (positive) 
SGMII1RXN  AC9  I  1.2  V  Differential  SGMII  port  1  RX  input  (negative) 
SGMII1RXP  AB9  I  1.2  V  Differential  SGMII  port  1  RX  input  (positive) 
SGMII1TXN  W9  O  1.2  V  Differential  SGMII  port  1  TX  output  (negative) 
SGMII1TXP  W8  O  1.2  V  Differential  SGMII  port  1  TX  output  (positive) 
MDCLK  U9  OZ  IPD  3.3  V  MDIO  serial  clock  (MDCLK) 
MDIO  U8  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  MDIO  serial  data  (MDIO)
SPICLK  F22  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  SPI  clock  output 
SPICS1/UARTTX  D23  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  SPI  chip  select  1  or  UART  transmit  (O/Z) 
SPICS2/UARTRX  F23  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  SPI  chip  select  2  or  UART  receive 
SPIDI/UARTRTS  G23  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  SPI  data  input  or  UART  ready  to  send  (O/Z) 
SPIDO/UARTCTS  F21  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  SPI  data  output  or  UART  clear  to  send
T0INP12/GP08  E20  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Timer  0  input  pin  for  lower  32-bit  counter  (I)  or  GPIO  8 
T0OUT12/GP09  D21  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Timer  0  output  pin  for  lower  32-bit  counter  (O/Z)  or  GPIO  9 
T1INP12/GP10  E21  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Timer  1  input  pin  for  lower  32-bit  counter  (I)  or  GPIO  10 
T1OUT12/GP11  C22  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Timer  1  output  pin  for  lower  32-bit  counter(O/Z)  or  GPIO  11
AHCLKR  AC4  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  McASP  receive  high-frequency  master  clock 
AHCLKX  AC3  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  McASP  transmit  high-frequency  master  clock 
ACLKR  AC6  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  McASP  receive  master  clock 
ACLKX  AC7  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  McASP  transmit  master  clock 
AFSR  W6  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  McASP  receive  frame  sync  or  left/right  clock  (LRCLK) 
AFSX  AA7  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  McASP  transmit  frame  sync  or  left/right  clock  (LRCLK) 
AXR0  AB6  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  McASP  data  pin  [0:7] 
AXR1  Y6  IPD  3.3  V 
AXR2  AA6  IPD  3.3  V 
AXR3  AB4  IPD  3.3  V 
AXR4  Y5  IPD  3.3  V 
AXR5  V7  IPD  3.3  V 
AXR6  AA4  IPD  3.3  V 
AXR7  V6  IPD  3.3  V 
STCLK/AXR8  Y7  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  The  STCLK  signal  drives  the  hardware  counter  for  use  by  the
VDAC/AXR9  AA5  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  VCXO  Interpolated  Control  Port  (VIC)  single-bit  digital-to-analog
AMUTEIN  AB3  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  McASP  mute  input 
AMUTE  U7  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  McASP  mute  output  (O/Z).
VP0CLK0  Y23  I  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Clock  0  (I) 
VP0CLK1  V23  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Clock  1
Table  2-4.  TERMINAL  FUNCTIONS  (continued)
PULLUP/  VOLT
PULLDOWN
SGMII0/1  and  MDIO
SPI  or  UART
TIMER  0/1  or  GPIO[8:11]
MCASP  OR  VIDEO  PORT  OR  VIC
video  ports  (I)  or  McASP  data  pin  8.
converter(VDAC)  output  (O)  or  McASP  data  pin  9
VIDEO  PORT  0  OR  GPIO[12:15]
Device  Overview24  Submit  Documentation  Feedback 
 
Page 25
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Table  2-4.  TERMINAL  FUNCTIONS  (continued)
TERMINAL  NAME  NO  TYPE  INTERNAL  OPER  DESCRIPTION
PULLUP/  VOLT
PULLDOWN
VP0CTL0  Y22  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Control  0 
VP0CTL1  V22  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Control  1 
VP0CTL2  U23  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Control  2 
VP0D02  W20  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Data  2 
VP0D03  V18  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Data  3 
VP0D04  U18  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Data  4 
VP0D05  V19  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Data  5 
VP0D06  W21  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Data  6 
VP0D07  T18  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Data  7 
VP0D08  U19  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Data  8 
VP0D09  V20  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Data  9 
VP0D12/GP12  V21  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Data  12  or  GPIO  12 
VP0D13/GP13  T19  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Data  13  or  GPIO  13 
VP0D14/GP14  T20  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Data  14  or  GPIO  14 
VP0D15/GP15  T21  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Data  15  or  GPIO  15 
VP0D16  U20  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Data  16 
VP0D17  U22  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Data  17 
VP0D18  U21  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Data  18 
VP0D19  R18  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  0  Data  19
VIDEO  PORT  1  OR  GPIO[16:31]
VP1CLK0  P23  I  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Clock  0 
VP1CLK1  N23  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Clock  1 
VP1CTL0  R23  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Control  0 
VP1CTL1  P22  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Control  1 
VP1CTL2  N22  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Control  2 
VP1D02/GP16  R19  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Data  2  or  GPIO  16 
VP1D03/GP17  P19  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Data  3  or  GPIO  17 
VP1D04/GP18  P18  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Data  4  or  GPIO  18 
VP1D05/GP19  R22  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Data  5  or  GPIO  19 
VP1D06/GP20  R21  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Data  6  or  GPIO  20 
VP1D07/GP21  R20  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Data  7  or  GPIO  21 
VP1D08/GP22  N21  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Data  8  or  GPIO  22 
VP1D09/GP23  N20  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Data  9  or  GPIO  23 
VP1D12/GP24  N19  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Data  12  or  GPIO  24 
VP1D13/GP25  P21  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Data  13  or  GPIO  25 
VP1D14/GP26  P20  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Data  14  or  GPIO  26 
VP1D15/GP27  M20  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Data  15  or  GPIO  27 
VP1D16/GP28  M18  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Data  16  or  GPIO  28 
VP1D17/GP29  N18  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Data  17  or  GPIO  29 
VP1D18/GP30  M21  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Data  18  or  GPIO  30 
VP1D19/GP31  M19  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  1  Data  19  or  GPIO  31
VIDEO  PORT  2  OR  VLYNQ
VP2CLK0  AB1  I  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Clock  0  (I) 
VP2CLK1/VCLK  W1  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Clock  1  or  VLYNQ  Clock  (I/O) 
VP2CTL0  AA1  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Control  0 
VP2CTL1  AB2  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Control  1
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Overview   25 
 
Page 26
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
TERMINAL  NAME  NO  TYPE  INTERNAL  OPER  DESCRIPTION
VP2CTL2/  VSCRUN  Y1  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Control  2  or  VLYNQ  serial  clock  run  request  (I/O) 
VP2D02  W5  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Data  2 
VP2D03  AA2  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Data  3 
VP2D04  Y3  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Data  4 
VP2D05  U6  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Data  5 
VP2D06  Y2  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Data  6 
VP2D07  W3  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Data  7 
VP2D08  V5  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Data  8 
VP2D09  W4  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Data  9 
VP2D12/VRXD0  W2  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Data  12  or  VLYNQ  receive  data  pin  [0]  (I) 
VP2D13/VRXD1  V3  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Data  13  or  VLYNQ  receive  data  pin  [1]  (I) 
VP2D14/VRXD2  V4  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Data  14  or  VLYNQ  receive  data  pin  [2]  (I) 
VP2D15/VRXD3  U1  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Data  15  or  VLYNQ  receive  data  pin  [3]  (I) 
VP2D16/VTXD0  U3  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Data  16  or  VLYNQ  transmit  data  pin  [0]  (O) 
VP2D17/VTXD1  U2  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Data  17  or  VLYNQ  transmit  data  pin  [1]  (O) 
VP2D18/VTXD2  U5  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Data  18  or  VLYNQ  transmit  data  pin  [2]  (O) 
VP2D19/VTXD3  U4  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  2  Data  19  or  VLYNQ  transmit  data  pin  [3]  (O)
VP3CLK0/AECLKIN  T1  I  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Clock  0  (I)  or  EMIFA  external  input  clock  (I) 
VP3CLK1/AECLKOU  P1  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Clock  1  or  EMIFA  output  clock  (O/Z)
T 
VP3CTL0/  ASDWE  T2  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Control  0  or  Asynchronous  memory  write
VP3CTL1/ARNW  R1  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Control  1  or  Asynchronous  memory  read/write  (O/Z) 
VP3CTL2/AOE  P2  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Control  2  or  Asynchronous/Programmable
VP3D02/AED00  T6  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Data  2  or  EMIFA  External  Data  0 
VP3D03/AED01  T5  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Data  3  or  EMIFA  External  Data  1 
VP3D04/AED02  T4  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Data  4  or  EMIFA  External  Data  2 
VP3D05/AED03  T3  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Data  5  or  EMIFA  External  Data  3 
VP3D06/AED04  R6  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Data  6  or  EMIFA  External  Data  4 
VP3D07/AED05  R5  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Data  7  or  EMIFA  External  Data  5 
VP3D08/AED06  R4  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Data  8  or  EMIFA  External  Data  6 
VP3D09/AED07  R3  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Data  9  or  EMIFA  External  Data  7 
VP3D12/AED08  R2  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Data  12  or  EMIFA  External  Data  8 
VP3D13/AED09  P6  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Data  13  or  EMIFA  External  Data  9 
VP3D14/AED10  P5  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Data  14  or  EMIFA  External  Data  10 
VP3D15/AED11  P4  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Data  15  or  EMIFA  External  Data  11 
VP3D16/AED12  P3  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Data  16  or  EMIFA  External  Data  12 
VP3D17/AED13  N4  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Data  17  or  EMIFA  External  Data  13 
VP3D18/AED14  N6  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Data  18  or  EMIFA  External  Data  14 
VP3D19/AED15  N5  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  3  Data  19  or  EMIFA  External  Data  15
VP4CLK0/AARDY  L1  I  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Clock  0  (I)  or  Asynchronous  memory  ready  input  (I) 
VP4CLK1  K1  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Clock  1
Table  2-4.  TERMINAL  FUNCTIONS  (continued)
PULLUP/  VOLT
PULLDOWN
VIDEO  PORT  3  OR  EMIFA
enable/Programmable  synchronous  interface  write-enable
synchronous  memory  output-enable  (O/Z)
VIDEO  PORT  4  OR  EMIFA
Device  Overview26  Submit  Documentation  Feedback 
 
Page 27
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  2-4.  TERMINAL  FUNCTIONS  (continued)
TERMINAL  NAME  NO  TYPE  INTERNAL  OPER  DESCRIPTION
VP4CTL0/ABA0  J2  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Control  0  or  EMIFA  bank  address  control  (ABA[1:0])
VP4CTL1/ABA1  J1  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Control  1  or  EMIFA  bank  address  control  (ABA[1:0])
VP4CTL2/AADS  K2  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Control  2  or  Programmable  synchronous  address
VP4D02/  ABE00  L2  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Data  2  or  EMIFA  byte-enable  control  0.  Decoded
VP4D03/  ABE01  M4  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Data  3  or  EMIFA  byte-enable  control  1.  Number  of
VP4D04/AEA10  M5  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Data  4  or  EMIFA  External  Address  10  (word  address)
VP4D05  M6  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Data  5 
VP4D06/  ACE2  L3  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Data  6  or  EMIFA  memory  space  enable  2 
VP4D07/  ACE3  L4  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Data  7  or  EMIFA  memory  space  enable  3 
VP4D08/AEA00  L5  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Data  8  or  EMIFA  External  Address  0  (word  address)
VP4D09/AEA01  K3  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Data  9  or  EMIFA  External  Address  1  (word  address)
VP4D12/AEA02  K4  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Data  12  or  EMIFA  External  Address  2  (word  address)
VP4D13/AEA03  L6  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Data  13  or  EMIFA  External  Address  3  (word  address)
VP4D14/AEA04  K5  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Data  14  or  EMIFA  External  Address  4  (word  address)
VP4D15/AEA05  J3  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Data  15  or  EMIFA  External  Address  5  (word  address)
VP4D16/AEA06  J4  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Data  16  or  EMIFA  External  Address  6  (word  address)
VP4D17/AEA07  J5  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Data  17  or  EMIFA  External  Address  7  (word  address)
VP4D18/AEA08  J6  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Data  18  or  EMIFA  External  Address  8  (word  address)
VP4D19/AEA09  K6  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Video  Port  4  Data  19  or  EMIFA  External  Address  9  (word  address)
AEA23  H4  OZ  IPD  3.3  V  EMIFA  External  Address  23  (word  address)  (O/Z) 
AEA19  H5  I/O/Z  IPU  3.3  V  EMIFA  External  Address  19  (word  address)  (O/Z)
PULLUP/  VOLT
PULLDOWN
(O/Z).  Active-low  bank  selects  for  the  16-bit  EMIFA.  When 
interfacing  to  16-bit  asynchronous  devices,  ABA1  carries  bit  1  of 
the  byte  address.  For  an  8-bit  asynchronous  interface,  ABA[1:0] 
are  used  to  carry  bits  1  and  0  of  the  byte  address.
(O/Z).  Active-low  bank  selects  for  the  16-bit  EMIFA.  WHEN 
interfacing  to  16-bit  asynchronous  devices,  ABA1  carries  bit  1  of 
the  byte  address.  For  an  8-bit  asynchronous  interface,  ABA[1:0] 
are  used  to  carry  bits  1  and  0  of  the  byte  address.
strobe  or  read-enable.  For  programmable  synchronous  interface, 
the  r_enable  field  in  the  ChipSelect  x  Configuration  Register 
selects  between  ASADS  and  ASRE: 
–  If  r_enable  =  0,  then  the  ASADS/ASRE  signal  functions  as  the 
ASADS  signal. 
–  If  r_enable  =  1,  then  the  ASADS/ASRE  signal  functions  as  the 
ASRE  signal.
from  the  low-order  address  bits.  The  number  of  address  bits  or 
byte  enables  used  depends  on  the  width  of  external  memory. 
Byte-write  enables  for  most  types  of  memory.
address  bits  or  byte  enables  used  depends  on  the  width  of 
external  memory.  Byte-write  enables  for  most  types  of  memory.
(O/Z)
(O/Z)
(O/Z)
(O/Z)
(O/Z)
(O/Z)
(O/Z)
(O/Z)
(O/Z)
(O/Z)
(O/Z)
EMIFA
Submit  Documentation  Feedback  Device  Overview  27  
 
Page 28
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  2-4.  TERMINAL  FUNCTIONS  (continued)
TERMINAL  NAME  NO  TYPE  INTERNAL  OPER  DESCRIPTION
AECLKINSEL/AEA17  G4  I/O/Z  IPD  3.3  V  Select  EMIFA  external  clock  (I)  (The  EMIFA  input  clock  AECLKIN
Table  2-5.  TERMINAL  FUNCTIONS  (GROUND  and  POWER  SUPPLY)
PULLUP/  VOLT
PULLDOWN
or  SYSCLK4  is  selected  at  reset  via  the  pullup/pulldown  resistor 
on  this  pin.  Note:  AECLKIN  is  the  default  for  the  EMIFA  input 
clock.) 
or  EMIFA  external  address  17  (word  address)  (O/Z)
TERMINAL  NAME  NO  TYPE  INTERNAL  OPER  VOLT  DESCRIPTION
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
A1  Ground
A5  Ground 
A15  Ground 
A18  Ground 
A23  Ground
C4  Ground
D9  Ground 
D12  Ground 
D20  Ground
E6  Ground
E23  Ground
F7  Ground 
F15  Ground 
F17  Ground 
F19  Ground
G8  Ground 
G10  Ground 
G12  Ground 
G14  Ground 
G16  Ground 
G18  Ground 
G22  Ground
H1  Ground 
H11  Ground 
H13  Ground 
H15  Ground 
H17  Ground
J8  Ground 
J10  Ground 
J12  Ground 
J14  Ground 
J16  Ground
K7  Ground
K9  Ground
K11  Ground 
K13  Ground 
K15  Ground
PULLUP/PULLD
OWN
Device  Overview28  Submit  Documentation  Feedback 
 
Page 29
Table  2-5.  TERMINAL  FUNCTIONS  (GROUND  and  POWER  SUPPLY)  (continued)
TERMINAL  NAME  NO  TYPE  INTERNAL  OPER  VOLT  DESCRIPTION
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
K17  Ground
L8  Ground 
L10  Ground 
L12  Ground 
L14  Ground 
L16  Ground
M7  Ground
M9  Ground 
M11  Ground 
M13  Ground 
M15  Ground 
M17  Ground 
M22  Ground
N1  Ground
N8  Ground 
N10  Ground 
N12  Ground 
N14  Ground 
N16  Ground
P7  Ground
P9  Ground 
P11  Ground 
P13  Ground 
P15  Ground 
P17  Ground 
R10  Ground 
R12  Ground 
R14  Ground 
R16  Ground
T7  Ground
T9  Ground 
T11  Ground 
T13  Ground 
T15  Ground 
T17  Ground 
T22  Ground 
U14  Ground 
U16  Ground
V1  Ground
V9  Ground 
V17  Ground
W7  Ground
W22  Ground
Y9  Ground 
Y10  Ground 
AA3  Ground
PULLUP/PULLD
OWN
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Overview   29 
 
Page 30
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  2-5.  TERMINAL  FUNCTIONS  (GROUND  and  POWER  SUPPLY)  (continued)
TERMINAL  NAME  NO  TYPE  INTERNAL  OPER  VOLT  DESCRIPTION
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
V
SS
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDD
C
VDDESS
C
VDDESS
A
VDLL1
A
VDLL2
C
VDD1
C
VDD1
A
VDDA
A
VDDA
AA8  Ground
AA11  Ground
AB5  Ground
AB19  Ground 
AB23  Ground
AC1  Ground
AC8  Ground 
AC10  Ground 
AC12  Ground 
AC16  Ground
J9  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply 
J11  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply 
J15  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply
K10  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply 
K12  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply 
K14  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply
L9  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply 
L11  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply 
L13  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply 
L15  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply
M10  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply 
M12  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply 
M14  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply
N11  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply 
N13  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply 
N15  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply 
P10  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply 
P12  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply 
P14  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply 
R13  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply
N9  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply
T16  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply
R8  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply
R15  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply
V8  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply
R11  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply  for  Ethernet  Subsystem
R9  1.2-V  Core  Power  Supply  for  Ethernet  Subsystem 
B10  1.8-V  I/O  supply 
B22  1.8-V  I/O  supply
H9  1.2-V  Power  supply  for  DDR,  DDR  I/Os,  EMIF-DDR
J13  1.2-V  Power  supply  for  DDR,  DDR  I/Os,  EMIF-DDR
V11  1.2-V  SerDes  Analog  supply
W10  1.2-V  SerDes  Analog  supply
PULLUP/PULLD
OWN
POWER  PINS
Subsystem
Subsystem
Device   Overview  30  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 31
Table  2-5.  TERMINAL  FUNCTIONS  (GROUND  and  POWER  SUPPLY)  (continued)
TERMINAL  NAME  NO  TYPE  INTERNAL  OPER  VOLT  DESCRIPTION
D
VDDD
D
VDDD
A
VDDR
A
VDDT
A
VDDT
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD33
D
VDD18
T10  1.2-V  SerDes  Digital  Supply 
U10  1.2-V  SerDes  Digital  Supply
AB10  1.8-V  SerDes  Analog  Supply  (Regulator)
AB8  1.2-V  SerDes  Analog  Supply 
U11  1.2-V  SerDes  Analog  Supply 
E22  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage 
F20  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage 
G19  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
J7  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage 
H16  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage 
H22  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
J17  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
K8  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage 
K16  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
L7  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
L17  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
M8  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage 
M16  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage 
M23  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
N2  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
N7  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
N17  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
P8  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
P16  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
R7  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
R17  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
T8  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage 
T12  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage 
T14  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
G1  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage 
T23  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage 
AB7  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage 
U15  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage 
U17  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
V2  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
V16  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
W23  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
Y4  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage 
Y8  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
AB16  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
AC2  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
AC5  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage 
AB12  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage 
AC19  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage 
AC23  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage
B1  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller)
PULLUP/PULLD
OWN
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Overview   31 
 
Page 32
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  2-5.  TERMINAL  FUNCTIONS  (GROUND  and  POWER  SUPPLY)  (continued)
TERMINAL  NAME  NO  TYPE  INTERNAL  OPER  VOLT  DESCRIPTION
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
D
VDD18
V
REFSSTL
V
CCMON
V
DD18MON
V
DD33MON
RSV  1  L20  A  Reserved.  Unconnected 
RSV  2  L21  A  Reserved  . Unconnected 
RSV  3  D2  O  Reserved  . Unconnected 
RSV  4  D1  O  Reserved  . Unconnected 
RSV  5  D4  O  Reserved  . Unconnected 
RSV  6  D3  O  Reserved  . Unconnected 
RSV  7  H7  A  Reserved.  These  pins  must  be  connected  directly  to  V
RSV  8  H8  A  Reserved.  These  pins  must  be  connected  directly  to  V
RSV  9  M2  A  Reserved  . Unconnected 
RSV  10  A2  A  Reserved  . Unconnected 
RSV  11  E2  Reserved  This  pin  must  be  connected  directly  to  V
RSV  12  E1  Reserved.  This  pin  must  be  connected  directly  to  1.8-V
B5  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller) 
B15  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller) 
B18  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller) 
B23  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller)
C3  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller) 
C10  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller) 
C13  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller) 
C21  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller)
E5  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller)
F8  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller) 
F14  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller) 
F16  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller) 
F18  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller)
G9  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller) 
G11  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller) 
G13  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller) 
G15  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller) 
G17  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller) 
H10  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller) 
H12  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller) 
H14  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  (DDR2  Memory  Controller) 
C11  (DVDD18/2)-V  reference  for  SSTL  buffer  (DDR2
L19  Die-side  1.2-V  core  supply  voltage  monitor  pin.  The
B2  Die-side  1.8-V  I/O  supply  voltage  monitor  pin.
G21  Die-side  3.3-V  I/O  supply  voltage  monitor  pin.
PULLUP/PULLD
OWN
Memory  Controller0.  This  input  voltage  cn  be  generated 
directly  from  DVDD18  using  two  1-K  Ω   resistors  to  form  a 
resister  divider  circuit.
monitor  pins  indicate  the  voltage  on  the  die,  and, 
therefore,  provide  the  best  probe  point  for  voltage 
monitoring  purposes.  If  the  CVDDMON  pin  is  not  used,  it 
should  be  connected  directly  to  the  1.2-V  core  supply.
Reserved
for  proper  device  operation.
for  proper  device  operation.
proper  device  operation.
SS
SS
for
SS
I/O  supply
Device   Overview  32  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 33
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  2-5.  TERMINAL  FUNCTIONS  (GROUND  and  POWER  SUPPLY)  (continued)
TERMINAL  NAME  NO  TYPE  INTERNAL  OPER  VOLT  DESCRIPTION
RSV  13  E4  Reserved  This  pin  must  be  connected  directly  to  V
RSV  14  E3  Reserved.This  pin  must  be  connected  directly  to  1.8-V
RSV  15  A10  A  Reserved  . Unconnected 
RSV  16  A22  A  Reserved  . Unconnected 
RSV  17  V10  A  Reserved  . Unconnected 
RSV  18  F6  I  Reserved.  These  pins  must  be  connected  directly  to
RSV  19  C2  Reserved.  This  pin  must  be  connected  to  the  1.8-V  I/O
RSV  20  C1  Reserved.  This  pin  must  be  connected  to  ground  (V
RSV  21  Y12  Reserved.  This  pin  must  be  connected  via  a  20-  Ω 
RSV  22  W12  Reserved.  This  pin  must  be  connected  via  a  40-  Ω 
PULLUP/PULLD
OWN
proper  device  operation.
I/O  supply
1.8-V  I/O  supply(DVDD18)  for  proper  device  operation.
supply  (DVDD18)  via  a  200-  Ω   resistor  for  proper  device 
operation. 
NOTE:  If  the  DDR2  Memory  Controller  is  not  used,  the 
V 
connected  to  ground  (V 
connecting  these  pins  directly  to  ground  will  prevent 
boundary  scan  from  functioning  on  the  DDR2  Memory 
Controller  pins.  To  preserve  boundary-scan  functionality 
on  the  DDR2  Memory  Controller  pins,  see  Section  6.3.6   .
via  a  200-  Ω   resistor  for  proper  device  operation. 
NOTE:  If  the  DDR2  Memory  Controller  is  not  used,  the 
V 
connected  to  ground  (V 
connecting  these  pins  directly  to  ground  will  prevent 
boundary  scan  from  functioning  on  the  DDR2  Memory 
Controller  pins.  To  preserve  boundary-scan  functionality 
on  the  DDR2  Memory  Controller  pins,  see  Section  6.3.6   .
resistor  directly  to  3.3-V  I/O  Supply  (D 
device  operation.  The  resistor  used  should  have  a 
minimal  rating  of  250  mW
resistor  directly  to  ground  (V 
operation.  The  resistor  used  should  have  a  minimal 
rating  of  100  mW
, RSV19,  and  RSV20  pins  can  be  directly
REFSSTL
, RSV19,  and  RSV20  pins  can  be  directly
REFSSTL
) to  save  power.  However,
SS
) to  save  power.  However,
SS
SS
) for  proper  device
) for  proper
VDD33
for
SS
)
SS
2.7  Device  Support 
2.7.1  Development  Support 
TI  offers  an  extensive  line  of  development  tools  for  the  TMS320DM64x  DMP  platform,  including  tools  to 
evaluate  the  performance  of  the  processors,  generate  code,  develop  algorithm  implementations,  and  fully 
integrate  and  debug  software  and  hardware  modules.  The  tools  support  documentation  is  electronically 
available  within  the  Code  Composer  Studio™  Integrated  Development  Environment  (IDE).
The  following  products  support  development  of  TMS320DM64xx  DMP-based  applications:
Software  Development  Tools:
Code  Composer  Studio™  Integrated  Development  Environment  (IDE):  including  Editor 
C/C++/Assembly  Code  Generation,  and  Debug  plus  additional  development  tools 
Scalable,  Real-Time  Foundation  Software  (DSP/BIOS™),  which  provides  the  basic  run-time  target
software  needed  to  support  any  SoC  application.
Hardware  Development  Tools:
Extended  Development  System  (XDS™)  Emulator  (supports  TMS320DM64x  DMP  multiprocessor 
system  debug)  EVM  (Evaluation  Module)
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Overview   33 
 
Page 34
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
For  a  complete  listing  of  development-support  tools  for  the  TMS320DM64x  DMP  platform,  visit  the 
Texas  Instruments  web  site  on  the  Worldwide  Web  at  http://www.ti.com   uniform  resource  locator 
(URL).  For  information  on  pricing  and  availability,  contact  the  nearest  TI  field  sales  office  or  authorized 
distributor.
Device   Overview  34  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 35
2.8  Device  and  Development-Support  Tool  Nomenclature 
C64x+t DSP:
DM647 
DM648
PREFIX
TMX  320  DM647 ZUT
TMX = Experimental device 
TMS = Qualified device
DEVICE FAMILY
320 = TMS320t  DSP family
PACKAGE TYPE
(A)
ZUT = 520-pin plastic ball grid array (BGA)
DEVICE
DEVICE SPEED RANGE
(  )
720 MHz 
900 MHz
To  designate  the  stages  in  the  product  development  cycle,  TI  assigns  prefixes  to  the  part  numbers  of  all 
DSP  devices  and  support  tools.  Each  DSP  commercial  family  member  has  one  of  three  prefixes:  TMX, 
TMP,  or  TMS  (e.g.,  TMX320DM647ZUT720 ).  Texas  Instruments  recommends  two  of  three  possible  prefix 
designators  for  its  support  tools:  TMDX  and  TMDS.  These  prefixes  represent  evolutionary  stages  of 
product  development  from  engineering  prototypes  (TMX/TMDX)  through  fully  qualified  production 
devices/tools  (TMS/TMDS).
Device  development  evolutionary  flow: 
TMX   Experimental  device   that   is   not   necessarily   representative   of   the   final   device's   electrical 
specifications.
TMP   Final  silicon   die   that   conforms   to   the   device's   electrical   specifications   but   has   not   completed 
quality  and  reliability  verification.
TMS   Fully-qualified  production   device.  
Support  tool  development  evolutionary  flow:
TMDX   Development-support  product   that   has   not   yet   completed   Texas   Instruments   internal 
qualification  testing.
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
TMDS   Fully  qualified   development-support   product.  
TMX  and  TMP  devices  and  TMDX  development-support  tools  are  shipped  against  the  following
disclaimer: 
"Developmental  product  is  intended  for  internal  evaluation  purposes." 
TMS  devices  and  TMDS  development-support  tools  have  been  characterized  fully,  and  the  quality  and
reliability  of  the  device  have  been  demonstrated  fully.  TI's  standard  warranty  applies. 
Predictions  show  that  prototype  devices  (TMX  or  TMP)  have  a  greater  failure  rate  than  the  standard
production  devices.  Texas  Instruments  recommends  that  these  devices  not  be  used  in  any  production 
system  because  their  expected  end-use  failure  rate  still  is  undefined.  Only  qualified  production  devices  are 
to  be  used.
TI  device  nomenclature  also  includes  a  suffix  with  the  device  family  name.  This  suffix  indicates  the 
package  type  (for  example,  ZUT),  the  temperature  range  (for  example,  "Blank"  is  the  commercial 
temperature  range),  and  the  device  speed  range  in  megahertz  (for  example,  "Blank"  is  the  default 
[720-MHz]).
Figure  2-6  provides  a  legend  for  reading  the  complete  device  name  for  the  devices. 
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Overview   35 
Figure  2-6.  Device  Nomenclature
 
Page 36
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
2.9  Documentation  Support 
2.9.1  Related  Documentation  From  Texas  Instruments 
The  following  documents  describe  the  TMS320DM64x  Digital  Media  Processor  (DMP).  Copies  of  these 
documents  are  available  on  the  Internet  at  www.ti.com   . Tip:   Enter  the  literature  number  in  the  search  box 
provided  at  www.ti.com.
The  current  documentation  that  describes  the  DM64x  DMP,  related  peripherals,  and  other  technical 
collateral,  is  available  in  the  C6000  DSP  product  folder  at:  www.ti.com/c6000   .
CPU
SPRU732  TMS320C64x/C64x+  DSP  CPU  and  Instruction  Set  Reference  Guide  describes  the  CPU  
architecture,  pipeline,  instruction  set,  and  interrupts  for  the  TMS320C64x  and  TMS320C64x+ 
digital  signal  processors  (DSPs)  of  the  TMS320C6000  DSP  family.  The  C64x/C64x+  DSP 
generation  comprises  fixed-point  devices  in  the  C6000  DSP  platform.  The  C64x+  DSP  is  an 
enhancement  of  the  C64x  DSP  with  added  functionality  and  an  expanded  instruction  set.
Reference  Guides
SPRUEK5  TMS320DM647/DM648  DSP  DDR2  Memory  Controller  User's  Guide  describes  the  DDR2  
memory  controller  in  the  TMS320DM647/DM648  Digital  Signal  Processor  (DSP).  The 
DDR2/mDDR  memory  controller  is  used  to  interface  with  JESD79D-2A  standard  compliant 
DDR2  SDRAM  devices  and  standard  Mobile  DDR  SDRAM  devices.
SPRUEK6   TMS320DM647/DM648  DSP   External   Memory   Interface   (EMIF)   User's   Guide   describes 
the  operation  of  the  asynchronous  external  memory  interface  (EMIF)  in  the 
TMS320DM647/DM648  Digital  Signal  Processor  (DSP).  The  EMIF  supports  a  glueless 
interface  to  a  variety  of  external  devices.
SPRUEK7  TMS320DM647/DM648  DSP  General-Purpose  Input/Output  (GPIO)  User's  Guide 
describes  the  general-purpose  input/output  (GPIO)  peripheral  in  the  TMS320DM647/DM648 
Digital  Signal  Processor  (DSP).  The  GPIO  peripheral  provides  dedicated  general-purpose 
pins  that  can  be  configured  as  either  inputs  or  outputs.  When  configured  as  an  input,  you 
can  detect  the  state  of  the  input  by  reading  the  state  of  an  internal  register.  When  configured 
as  an  output,  you  can  write  to  an  internal  register  to  control  the  state  driven  on  the  output 
pin.
SPRUEK8   TMS320DM647/DM648  DSP   Inter-Integrated   Circuit   (I2C)   Module   User's   Guide   describes 
the  inter-integrated  circuit  (I2C)  peripheral  in  the  TMS320DM647/DM648  Digital  Signal 
Processor  (DSP).  The  I2C  peripheral  provides  an  interface  between  the  DSP  and  other 
devices  compliant  with  the  I2C-bus  specification  and  connected  by  way  of  an  I2C-bus. 
External  components  attached  to  this  2-wire  serial  bus  can  transmit  and  receive  up  to  8-bit 
wide  data  to  and  from  the  DSP  through  the  I2C  peripheral.  This  document  assumes  the 
reader  is  familiar  with  the  I2C-bus  specification.
SPRUEL0   TMS320DM647/DM648  DSP   64-Bit   Timer   User's   Guide   describes  the   operation   of   the  
64-bit  timer  in  the  TMS320DM647/DM648  Digital  Signal  Processor  (DSP).  The  timer  can  be
SPRUEL1  TMS320DM647/DM648  DSP  Multichannel  Audio  Serial  Port  (McASP)  User's  Guide 
configured  as  a  general-purpose  64-bit  timer,  dual  general-purpose  32-bit  timers,  or  a 
watchdog  timer.
describes  the  multichannel  audio  serial  port  (McASP)  in  the  TMS320DM647/DM648  Digital 
Signal  Processor  (DSP).  The  McASP  functions  as  a  general-purpose  audio  serial  port 
optimized  for  the  needs  of  multichannel  audio  applications.  The  McASP  is  useful  for 
time-division  multiplexed  (TDM)  stream,  Inter-Integrated  Sound  (I2S)  protocols,  and 
intercomponent  digital  audio  interface  transmission  (DIT).
SPRUEL2   TMS320DM647/DM648  DSP   Enhanced   DMA   (EDMA)   Controller   User's   Guide   describes 
the  operation  of  the  enhanced  direct  memory  access  (EDMA3)  controller  in  the
Device   Overview  36  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 37
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
TMS320DM647/DM648  Digital  Signal  Processor  (DSP).  The  EDMA3  controller’s  primary 
purpose  is  to  service  user-programmed  data  transfers  between  two  memory-mapped  slave 
endpoints  on  the  DSP.
SPRUEL4  TMS320DM647/DM648  Peripheral  Component  Interconnect  (PCI)  User's  Guide 
describes  the  peripheral  component  interconnect  (PCI)  port  in  the  TMS320DM647/DM648 
Digital  Signal  Processor  (DSP).  The  PCI  port  supports  connection  of  the  C642x  DSP  to  a 
PCI  host  via  the  integrated  PCI  master/slave  bus  interface.  The  PCI  port  interfaces  to  the 
DSP  via  the  enhanced  DMA  (EDMA)  controller.  This  architecture  allows  for  both  PCI  master 
and  slave  transactions,  while  keeping  the  EDMA  channel  resources  available  for  other 
applications.
SPRUEL5   TMS320DM647/DM648  DSP   Host   Port   Interface   (UHPI)   User's   Guide   describes  the   host  
port  interface  (HPI)  in  the  TMS320DM647/DM648  Digital  Signal  Processor  (DSP).  The  HPI  is 
a  parallel  port  through  which  a  host  processor  can  directly  access  the  CPU  memory  space. 
The  host  device  functions  as  a  master  to  the  interface,  which  increases  ease  of  access.  The 
host  and  CPU  can  exchange  information  via  internal  or  external  memory.  The  host  also  has 
direct  access  to  memory-mapped  peripherals.  Connectivity  to  the  CPU  memory  space  is 
provided  through  the  enhanced  direct  memory  access  (EDMA)  controller.
SPRUEL8  TMS320DM647/DM648  DSP  Universal  Asynchronous  Receiver/Transmitter  (UART) 
User's   Guide   describes  the   universal   asynchronous   receiver/transmitter   (UART)   peripheral  
in  the  TMS320DM647/DM648  Digital  Signal  Processor  (DSP).  The  UART  peripheral 
performs  serial-to-parallel  conversion  on  data  received  from  a  peripheral  device,  and 
parallel-to-serial  conversion  on  data  received  from  the  CPU.
SPRUEL9   TMS320DM647/DM648  DSP   VLYNQ   Port   User's   Guide   describes  the   VLYNQ   port   in   the  
TMS320DM647/DM648  Digital  Signal  Processor  (DSP).  The  VLYNQ  port  is  a  high-speed 
point-to-point  serial  interface  for  connecting  to  host  processors  and  other  VLYNQ  compatible 
devices.  It  is  a  full-duplex  serial  bus  where  transmit  and  receive  operations  occur  separately 
and  simultaneously  without  interference.
SPRUEM1  TMS320DM647/DM648  DSP  Video  Port/VCXO  Interpolated  Control  (VIC)  Port  User's 
Guide   discusses  the   video   port   and   VCXO   interpolated   control   (VIC)   port   in   the  
TMS320DM647/DM648  Digital  Signal  Processor  (DSP).  The  video  port  can  operate  as  a 
video  capture  port,  video  display  port,  or  transport  stream  interface  (TSI)  capture  port.  The 
VIC  port  provides  single-bit  interpolated  VCXO  control  with  resolution  from  9  bits  to  up  to  16 
bits.  When  the  video  port  is  used  in  TSI  mode,  the  VIC  port  is  used  to  control  the  system 
clock,  VCXO,  for  MPEG  transport  stream.
SPRUEM2   TMS320DM647/DM648  DSP   Serial   Port   Interface   (SPI)   User's   Guide   discusses  the   Serial  
Port  Interface  (SPI)  in  the  TMS320DM647/DM648  Digital  Signal  Processor  (DSP).  This 
reference  guide  provides  the  specifications  for  a  16-bit  configurable,  synchronous  serial 
peripheral  interface.  The  SPI  is  a  programmable-length  shift  register,  used  for  high  speed 
communication  between  external  peripherals  or  other  DSPs.
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Overview   37 
 
Page 38
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
3  Device  Configuration 
3.1  System  Module  Registers 
The  system  module  includes  status  and  control  registers  required  for  configuration  of  the  device.  Brief 
descriptions  of  the  various  registers  are  shown  in  Table  3-1   . System  Module  registers  required  for  device 
configuration  are  described  in  the  following  sections.
Table  3-1.  System  Module  Register  Memory  Map
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  REGISTER  NAME  DESCRIPTION
0x0204  9000  PINMUX  Pin  multiplexing  control  0 
0x0204  9004  Reserved 
0x0204  9008  DSPBOOTADDR  Boot  Address  of  DSP,  decoded  by  bootloader  software  for  host  boots 
0x0204  900C  BOOTCMPLT  Boot  Complete 
0x0204  9010  Reserved 
0x0204  9014  BOOTCFG  Device  boot  configuration 
0x0204  9018  JTAGID  Device  ID  number.  See  Section  6.23   for  details. 
0x0204  901C  PRI_ALLOC  Bus  master  priority  control  See  Section  4   for  details 
0x0204  9020  -0x0204  9053  Reserved  Reserved 
0x0204  9054  KEY_REG  Key  Register  to  protect  against  accidental  writes. 
0x0204  9060  - 0x0204  90A7  Reserved  Reserved 
0x0204  90A8  CFGPLL  CFGPLL  inputs  for  SerDes 
0x0204  90AC  CFGRX0  Configure  SGMII0  RX 
0x0204  90B0  CFGTX0  Configure  SGMII0  TX 
0x0204  90B4  CFGRX1  Configure  SGMII1  RX 
0x0204  90B8  CFGTX1  Configure  SGMII1  TX 
0x0204  90BC  Reserved  Reserved 
0x0204  90C0  Reserved  Reserved 
0x0204  90C4  MAC_ADDR_R0  MAC  Address  Read  Only  Register  0 
0x0204  90C8  MAC_ADDR_R1  MAC  Address  Read  Only  Register  1 
0x0204  90CC  MAC_ADDR_RW0  MAC  Address  Read/Write  Register  0 
0x0204  90D0  MAC_ADDR_RW0  MAC  Address  Read/Write  Register  1 
0x0204  90D4  ESS_LOCK  Ethernet  Sub  System  Lock  Register
3.2  Bootmode  Registers 
The  BOOTCFG  and  DSPBOOTADDR  registers  are  described  in  the  following  sections.  At  reset,  the  status 
levels  of  various  pins  required  for  proper  boot  are  stored  within  these  registers.
3.2.1  Boot  Configuration  (BOOTCFG)  Register 
Configuration  pins  latched  at  reset  are  presented  in  the  BOOTCFG  register  accessible  through  the  system 
module.  This  is  a  read-only  register.  The  bits  show  the  true  latched  value  of  the  corresponding  input  at 
RESET  or  POR  deassertion.  This  is  desirable  since  the  most  important  use  of  this  MMR  is  for  the  user  to 
debug/view  the  actual  value  driven  on  the  pins  during  device  reset.
Device   Configuration 38  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 39
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
Figure  3-1.  BOOTCFG  Register
31  24
Reserved
R-0
23  22  21  20  19  18  17  16
AECLKINSEL  PC166  HPIWIDTH  Reserved  FASTBOOT  Reserved  DUHPIEN  EMIFAWIDTH
R-L  R-1  R-L  R-1  R-L  R-L
15  8
Reserved
7  4  3  0
Reserved  BOOTMODE
R-0  R-L
LEGEND:  R/W  =  Read/Write;  R  =  Read  only;  L  =  latched;  - n   =  value  after  reset
Table  3-2.  BOOTCFG  Register  Field  Descriptions
Bit  Field  Value  Description
31:24  Reserved  Reserved
23  AECLKINSEL  Controls  the  clock  input  for  EMIFA.  Latched  from  AECLKINSEL  at  RESET  or  POR  deassertion
1  EMIFA  clocked  from  internal  SYSCLK 
0  EMIFA  clocked  from  outside  from  AECLKIN
22  PCI66  Controls  PCI  speed.  PCI.  Latched  from  PCI66  at  RESET  or  POR  deassertion
0  33  MHz  PCI 
1  66  MHz
21  HPIWIDTH  Controls  HPI  bus  width.  Latched  from  HPIWIDTH  at  RESET  or  POR  deassertion
0  16  bit
1  32  bit 
20  Reserved  1  Reserved 
19  FASTBOOT  Fast  Boot.  Latched  from  FASTBOOT  at  RESET  or  POR  deassertion
0  No  Fast  Boot
1  Fast  Boot 
18  Reserved  Reserved 
17  DUHPIEN  PCI  Enable  Default.  Latched  from  UHPIEN  at  RESET  or  POR  deassertion
0  UHPI  disabled
1  UHPI  enabled 
16  EMIFAWIDTH  EMIFA  CS2  Bus  Width  Default.  Latched  from  EMIFAWIDTH  at  RESET  or  POR  deassertion
0  8-bit
1  16-bit
15:4  Reserved  Reserved
3:0  BOOTMODE  Boot  Mode.  Latched  from  BOOTMOD  at  RESET  or  POR  deassertion
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
3.2.2  DSPBOOTADDR  Register  Description 
The  DSPBOOTADDR  register  contains  the  upper  22  bits  of  the  C64x+  DSP  reset  vector.  The  register 
format  is  shown  in  Figure  3-2   and  bit  field  descriptions  are  shown  in  Table  3-3   .  DSPBOOTADDR  is 
readable  and  writable  by  software  after  reset.  DSPBOOTADDR  Decode:  This  decode  logic  determines  the 
default  of  the  DSPBOOTADDR  Register.  It  can  default  to  either  the  base  address  of  L2  ROM 
(0x00800000)  or  the  base  address  of  EMIFA  CS2  (0xA0000000)
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Configuration   39 
 
Page 40
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Figure  3-2.  DSPBOOTADDR  Register
31  10  9  0
BOOTADDR  Reserved
R/W-0100  0010  0010  0000  0000  00  R-0
LEGEND:  R/W  =  Read/Write;  R  =  Read  only;  - n   =  value  after  reset
Table  3-3.  DSPBOOTADDR  Register  Field  Descriptions
Bit  Field  Value  Description
31:10  BOOTADDR  Upper  22  bits  of  the  C64x+  DSP  bootmode  address
9:0  Reserved  Reserved
3.2.3  Boot  Complete  (BOOTCMPLT)  register 
The  BOOTCMPLT  register  contains  a  BC  (boot  complete)  field  in  bit  0,  and  a  ERR  (boot  error)  field  in  bits 
19:16.
The  BC  field  is  written  by  the  external  host  to  indicates  that  it  has  completed  boot.  In  the  bootloader  code, 
the  CPU  can  poll  for  this  bit.  Once  this  bit  =  1,  the  CPU  can  begin  executing  from  DSPBOOTADDR.
The  ERR  field  is  written  by  the  bootloader  software  if  the  software  detects  a  boot  error.  Coming  out  of  a 
boot,  application  software  can  read  this  field  to  determine  if  boot  was  accomplished.  Actual  error  code  is 
determined  by  software.
31  20  19  16  15  1  0
Reserved  ERR  Reserved  B
R-0  R-0  R-0  R-
LEGEND:  R/W  =  Read/Write;  R  =  Read  only;  - n   =  value  after  reset
Bit  Field  Value  Description
31:20  Reserved  Reserved 
19:16  ERR  Boot  error
15:1  Reserved  Reserved
0  BC  Boot  Complete  Flag  from  host.  This  is  applicable  only  to  host  boots.
3.2.4  Priority  Allocation  (PRI_ALLOC) 
Figure  3-3.  BOOTCMPLT  Register  3
C
0
Table  3-4.  BOOTCMPLT  Register  Field  Descriptions
0000  No  error
0001  –  1111  Bootloader  software  detected  boot  error.  For  details  on  boot  errors,  see  the  Using  the 
TMS320DM647x   Bootloader   Application   Note   (literature  number   SPRAAAJ1   ).
0  Host  has  not  completed  booting  this  device. 
1  Host  has  completed  booting  this  device  and  the  DSP  can  begin  executing  from
DSPBOOTADDR.
On  the  DM647/DM648  devices,  each  of  the  masters  (excluding  the  C64x+  Megamodule)  is  assigned  a 
priority  via  the  Priority  Allocation  Register  (PRI_ALLOC),  see  Figure  3-4   .  The  priority  is  enforced  when 
several  masters  in  the  system  are  vying  for  the  same  endpoint.  A  value  of  000b  has  the  highest  priority, 
while  111b  has  the  lowest  priority.
Device   Configuration 40  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 41
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
Note  that  the  configuration  SCR  port  on  the  data  SCR  is  considered  a  single  endpoint  meaning  priority  will 
be  enforced  when  multiple  masters  try  to  access  the  configuration  SCR.  Priority  is  also  enforced  on  the 
configuration  SCR  side  when  a  master  (through  the  data  SCR)  tries  to  access  the  same  endpoint  as  the 
C64x+  Megamodule.
The  Ethernet  Subsystem  and  VLYNQ  fields  specify  the  priority  of  the  EMAC  and  VLYNQ  peripherals, 
respectively.  Similarly,  the  HOST  field  applies  to  the  priority  of  the  HPI  and  PCI  peripherals.  Other  master 
peripherals  are  not  present  in  the  PRI_ALLOC  register  as  they  have  their  own  registers  to  program  their 
priorities.  For  more  information  on  the  default  priority  values  in  these  peripheral  registers,  see  the 
device-compatible  peripheral  reference  guides.
TI  recommends  that  these  priority  registers  be  reprogrammed  upon  initial  use.
Table  3-5.  Default  Master  Priorities
Master  Default  Priority
EDMA3TC0  0  (EDMA  CC  QUEPRI  Register) 
EDMA3TC1  0  (EDMA  CC  QUEPRI  Register) 
EDMA3TC2  0  (EDMA  CC  QUEPRI  Register) 
EDMA3TC3  0  (EDMA  CC  QUEPRI  Register) 
64x+_DMAP  7  (C64x+  MDMAARBE.PRI  Register  bit  field) 
64x+_CFGP  1  (C64x+  MDMAARBE.PRI  Register  bit  field) 
Ethernet  Subsystem  3  (PRI_ALLOC  register) 
VLYNQ  4  (PRI_ALLOC  register) 
UHPI  4  (PRI_ALLOC  register) 
PCI  4  (PRI_ALLOC  register) 
VICP  5  (PRI_ALLOC  register)
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Figure  3-4.  Priority  Allocation  Register  (PRI_ALLOC)
31  16
Reserved
R-0000000111001111
15  12  11  9  8  6  5  3  2  0
Reserved  VICP  VLYNQ  HOST  Ethernet  Subsystem
R-0111  R/W-101  R/W-100  R/W-100  R/W-011
LEGEND:  R/W  =  Read/Write;  R  =  Read  only;  - n   =  value  after  reset
3.2.5  KEY_REG 
KEY_REG  protects  against  accidental  writes  to  certain  system  configuration  registers.  The  complete  set  of 
registers  protected  by  the  KEY_REG  is:
•  PINMUX 
•  BOOTCFG 
•  PRI_ALLOC 
•  CFGPLL 
•  CFGRX0 
•  CFGTX0 
•  CFGRX1 
•  CFGTX1 
•  MAC_ADDR_RW0 
•  MAC_ADDR_RW1 
Submit  Documentation  Feedback  Device  Configuration  41  
 
Page 42
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Writes  to  these  registers  are  locked/blocked  by  default.  To  enable  writes  to  these  registers,  write 
0xADDDECAF  to  the  KEY_REG.  After  enabling  writes  to  protected  registers  by  doing  the  above,  the 
register  writes  should  occur  within  10000  CPU/6  cycles,  after  which  the  key  will  be  reset.
Figure  3-5.  KEY_REG
31  0
KEY_REG
W-0x00000000
LEGEND:  R/W  =  Read/Write;  R  =  Read  only;  - n   =  value  after  reset
3.2.6  PINMUX  Register 
All  pin  multiplexing  options  are  controlled  by  software  via  PINMUX  register  (except  the  ones  mentioned  in
Table  3-7  , whose  default  is  selected  by  configuration  pins).  This  PINMUX  register  reside  within  the  system 
module  portion  of  the  CFG  bus  memory  map.  The  format  of  the  registers  and  a  description  of  the  pins 
they  control  are  in  the  following  sections.
The  PINMux  Register  controls  all  the  software-controlled  pin  muxing.  The  register  format  is  shown  in
Figure  3-6  . A  brief  description  of  each  field  is  shown  in   Table  3-6  . 
31  22  21  20  19  18  17  16
15  14  13  12  11  10  9  8  7  6  5  4  3  1  0
VP34_EN  SPI_UART_EN  Reserved  MCASP_EN  Reserved  VLYNQ_EN  Reserved  TIMER
R/W-00  R/W-00  R-00  R/W-00  R-00  R/W-00  R-000  R/W-0
LEGEND:  R/W  =  Read/Write;  R  =  Read  only;  - n   =  value  after  reset
Bit  Field  Value  Description
31:22  Reserved  Reserved 
21:20  GPIO_EN  Controls  the  pin  muxing  between  Video  Port  0  and  the  GPIO[12:15]
00  3-state  3-state  3-state 
01  3-state  3-state  3-state 
10  Enable  Enable  VP0D12-15
19:18  Reserved  Reserved
(1)  The  complete  list  of  pins:  U20,  U21,  U22,  R18. 
(2)  The  complete  list  of  pins:  Y23,  V23,  Y22,  V22,  U23,  W20,  V18,  U18,  V19,  W21,  T18,  U19,  V20. 
(3)  The  complete  list  of  pins:  V21,  T19,  T20,  T21.
11  3-state  Enable  GP12-15
Figure  3-6.  PINMUX  Register
Reserved  GPIO_EN  Reserved  VPI_EN
R-0000  0000  00  R/W-00  R-00  R/W-00
Table  3-6.  PINMUX  Register  Field  Descriptions
UNMUXED
.VP0D16-19  VP0D02-09/CLK/CTL  VP0D12-15  GP12-15
(1)
UNMUXED
(2)
SECONDARY  MUXED
_EN
(3)
Device   Configuration 42  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 43
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  3-6.  PINMUX  Register  Field  Descriptions  (continued)
Bit  Field  Value  Description
17:16  VP1_EN  Controls  the  pin  muxing  between  Video  Port  1  and  GPIO[16:31]
.  UNMUXED
(4)
MUXED
VP1CLK0-  VP1  Data  GP[16-31]
1/VP1CTL0-2  (V1D02-09/12-19) 
00  3-state  3-state 
01  3-state  3-state 
10  3-state  GP16-31 
11  Enable  VP1D02-09  and  VP1D12-19
15:14  VP34_EN  Controls  the  pin  muxing  between  Video  Port  3-4  and  EMIFA
.  UNMUXED
(7)
(6)
MUXED
VP4D05/VP4CLK1  VP3/VP4  EMIFA 
00  3-state  3-state 
01  3-state  3-state 
10  Disable  EMIFA 
11  Enable  VP3/VP4
13:12  SPI_UART_EN  Controls  the  pin  muxing  between  SPI  and  UART
UNMUXED
(9)
MUXED
SPICLK  SPI  or  UART 
00  3-state  3-state 
01  Enable  SPI 
10  Disable  UART 
11  Enable  SPIDI
UART_TX 
UART_RX
11:10  Reserved  Reserved
(4)  The  complete  list  of  pins:  P23,  N23,  R23,  P22,  N22 
(5)  The  complete  list  of  pins:  R19,  P19,  P18,  R22,  R21,  R20,  N21,  N20,  N19,  P21,  P20,  M20,  M18,  N18,  M21,  M19 
(6)  The  value  of  VP34_EN  depends  on  the  BOOTMODE[3:0]  pin  value  at  reset.  If  the  BOOTMODE[3:0]  is  0100  the  VP3/4  and  the  EMIFA
mux  will  default  to  EMIFA  enable  (the  value  is  10b). 
(7)  The  complete  list  of  pins:  K1,  M6. 
(8)  The  complete  list  of  pins:  T1,  P1,  T2,  R1,  P2,  T6,  T5,  T4,  T3,  R6,  R5,  R4,  R3,  R2,  P6,  P5,  P4,  P3,  N4,  N6,  N5,  L1,  J2,  J1,  K2,  L2,  M4,
M5,  L3,  L4,  L5,  K3,  K4,  L6,  K5,  J3,  J4,  J5,  J6,  K6. 
(9)  The  complete  list  of  pin:F22 
(10)  The  complete  list  of  pins:  D23,  F23,  G23,  F21
(5)
(8)
(10)
SPIDO
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Configuration   43 
 
Page 44
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  3-6.  PINMUX  Register  Field  Descriptions  (continued)
Bit  Field  Value  Description
9:8  MCASP_EN  Controls  the  pin  muxing  between  McASP  and  VIC
00  3-state 
01  McASP  (all  McASP  Pins) 
10  (McASP  without  AXR8,  AXR9)
11  Reserved 
7:6  Reserved  Reserved 
5:4  VLYNQ_EN  Controls  the  pin  muxing  between  Video  Port  2  and  VLYNQ
00  3-state  3-state
01  3-state  3-state
10  Enable  VP2D12-19,  VP2CLK1,  VP2CTL2
11  Enable  VRXD0-3  and  VTXD0-3,  VCLK,  VSCRUN 
3:1  Reserved  Reserved
0  TIMER_EN  Controls  the  pin  muxing  between  TIMER  and  GPIO[8:11]
(11)  The  complete  list  of  pins:  AC4,  AC3,  AC6,  AC7,  W6,  AA7,  AB6,  Y6,  AA6,  AB4,  Y5,  V7,  AA4,  V6,  Y7,  AA5,  AB3,  U7 
(12)  For  the  first  half  of  the  Video  Port  2,  the  complete  list  of  pins  with  function:  AB1(VP2CLK0),  AA1  (VP2CTL0),  AB2  (VP2CTL1)  and  W5,
AA2,  Y3,  U6,  Y2,  W3,  V5,  W4  (VP2D02,  VP2D03,  VP2D04,  VP2D05,  VP2D06,  VP2D07,  VP2D08,  VP2D09)
(13)  For  the  second  half  of  the  Video  Port  2,  the  complete  list  of  pins  with  function:  W1  (VP2CLK1/VCLK),  Y1(VP2CTL2/  VSCRUN),  W2,  V3,
V4,  U1,  U3,  U2,  U5,  U4  (VP2D12/VRXD0,  VP2D13/VRXD1,  VP2D14/VRXD2,  VP2D15/VRXD3,  VP2D16/VTXD0,  VP2D17/VTXD1, 
VP2D18/VTXD2,  VP2D19/VTXD3)
(14)  The  complete  list  of  pins:E20,  D21,  E21,  C22
.  UNMUXED  MUXED
STCLK,  VCTL,  or  McASP
ACLKR
AC:LKX
AHCLKR
AMUTEIN
AHCLKX
AMUTE
STCLK
.  UNMUXED
.  MUXED
0  GPIO[8:11] 
1  Timer  0/1
(12)
VP2#1  VP2#2  VLYNQ
(E20,  D21,  E21,  C22)
MUXED
(11)
AFSR 
AXR0 
AXR1
AFSX 
AXR2 
AXR3
AXR4 
AXR5
AXR6 
AXR7
VCTL
(13)
(14)
Device   Configuration 44  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 45
Table  3-7.  PCI/UHPI/GPIO  Block:  PCI  MUXed  With  UHPI  and  GPIO[0:7]
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
MUXED
PCI  UHPI/GPIO[0:7]
UHPIEN  (pin)
1  UHPI/GPIO[0:7] 
0  PCI
(1)  The  complete  list  of  pin:AA22,  AB22,  AC21,  AA23,  AC22,  AB21,  AA21,  Y21,  AB20,  AA20,  Y20,  Y19,  AB18,  AA19,  AC18,  AA18,  Y16,
AB15,  AA15,  Y15,  W15,  V15,  AC14,  AB14,  W14,  V14,  AC13,  AB13,  AA13,  Y13  , W13,  V13,  W19,  Y18,  Y17,  W17,  W18,  AC20,  AC17, 
W16,  Y14,  AC15,  AA16,  AB17,  U13,  U12,  V12,  AA12,  AA17,  AA14.
(1)
For   information   on   the   Ethernet   Subsystem   registers,   see   the   TMS320DM647/DM648  DMP   DSP  
Subsystem  Reference  Guide  (literature  number  SPRUEU6   ). 
Figure  3-7.  SerDes  Macro  Configuration  (SERDES_CFG_CNTL)  Register
31  16
Reserved
15  10  9  8  7  5  4  1  0
Reserved  LB  Reserved  MPY  ENPLL
R-0  R/W-0  R-0  R/W-1001  R/W-1
LEGEND:  R/W  =  Read/Write;  R  =  Read  only;  - n   =  value  after  reset
3.2.7  ESS_LOCK 
The  ESS_LOCK  register  protects  the  Ethernet  Subsystem  MMR  space  (0x02D0  0000  -  0x02D0  4FFF) 
and  the  Ethernet  Subsystem's  LPSC  (LPSC34)  MDCTL  register  (0x0204  6088).  The  default  value  of 
ESS_LOCK  is  0x0000  0000  and  read/write  is  allowed  to  Ethernet  Subsystem  MMR  space  and  MDCTL 
[34].  To  lock  the  write  access  to  both  Ethernet  Subsystem  MMR  space  and  MDCTL  [34],  software  must 
write  a  value  of  0x  AAAA  AAAA  to  the  ESS_LOCK  register.  To  make  sure  that  the  desired  lock  has  been 
achieved,  the  software  must  read  the  ESS_LOCK  register  till  it  gets  a  value  of  0x1.  The  software  must 
make  sure  that  there  are  no  pending  accesses  to  either  the  Ethernet  Subsystem  MMR  space  or  MDCTL 
[34].  Read  access  to  both  Ethernet  Subsystem  MMR  space  and  MDCTL  [34]  should  be  unaffected  while 
write  accesses  are  locked.  To  unlock  the  write  access  to  Ethernet  Subsystem  MMR  space  and  MDCTL 
[34],  the  software  must  write  a  value  of  0xCCCC  CCCC  to  ESS_LOCK.  To  make  sure  that  the  desired 
write  lock  has  been  removed,  the  software  must  read  ESS_LOCK  till  it  gets  a  value  of  0x0.
Figure  3-8.  ESS_LOCK  Register
31  0
ESS_LOCK
R/W-0x00000000
LEGEND:  R/W  =  Read/Write;  R  =  Read  only;  - n   =  value  after  reset
3.2.8  MAC  Address  Registers 
•  MAC_ADDR_R0 
•  MAC_ADDR_R1 
•  MAC_ADDR_RW0 
•  MAC_ADDR_RW1 
In  DM647/DM648,  two  sets  of  registers  provide  default  MAC  addresses  for  the  device.  One  set  MAC_ADDR_R0  and  MAC_ADDR_R1  -  is  read  only  and  the  other  set  -  MAC_ADDR_RW0  and 
MAC_ADDR_RW1  - includes  read  and  write  registers.
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Configuration   45 
 
Page 46
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Figure  3-9.  MAC_ADDR_R0  Register
31  0
MAC_ID
R-MAC  ADDRESS[31:0]
LEGEND:  R/W  =  Read/Write;  R  =  Read  only;  - n   =  value  after  reset
Table  3-8.  MAC_ADDR_R0  Register  Field  Descriptions
Bit  Field  Value  Description
31:0  MAC_ID  Mac  Bit  0  of  MAC_ID  is  bit  0  of  MAC  Address
31  24  23  16
15  0
LEGEND:  R/W  =  Read/Write;  R  =  Read  only;  - n   =  value  after  reset
Address[31:0]  of
the  device
Figure  3-10.  MAC_ADDR_R1  Register
CRC  Reserved
R-CRC  for  the  MAC_ID  R-00000000
MAC_ID
R-MAC  ADDRESS[47:32]
Bit  Field  Value  Description
31:24  CRC  CRC  of  the  MAC  This  field  will  hold  the  CRC  of  the  MAC  address  of  that  particular  device.
23:16  Reserved  0x00  Reserved
15:0  MAC_ID  Mac  Bit  0  of  MAC_ID  is  Bit  32  of  MAC  Address
Address[47:32]  of
31  0
LEGEND:  R/W  =  Read/Write;  R  =  Read  only;  - n   =  value  after  reset
Table  3-10.  MAC_ADDR_RW0  Register  Field  Descriptions
Bit  Field  Value  Description
31:0  MAC_ID  Mac  Bit  0  of  MAC_ID  is  bit  0  of  MAC  Address
Address[31:0]  of
Table  3-9.  MAC_ADDR_R1  Register  Field  Descriptions
ID
the  device
Figure  3-11.  MAC_ADDR_RW0  Register
MAC_ADDR_R0
R/W  - MAC  ID[31:0]
the  device
Device   Configuration 46  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 47
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Figure  3-12.  MAC_ADDR_RW1  Register
31  24  23  16
CRC  Reserved
R/W-CRC  for  the  MAC_ID  R/W-00000000
15  0
MAC_ID
R-MAC  ADDRESS[47:32]
LEGEND:  R/W  =  Read/Write;  R  =  Read  only;  - n   =  value  after  reset
Table  3-11.  MAC_ADDR_RW1  Register  Field  Descriptions
Bit  Field  Value  Description
31:24  CRC  CRC  of  the  This  field  will  hold  the  CRC  of  the  MAC  address  of  that  particular  device.
23:16  Reserved  0x00  Reserved
15:0  MAC_ID  Mac  Bit  0  of  MAC_ID  is  Bit  32  of  MAC  Address
MAC  ID
Address[47:32]
of  the  device
3.3  Debugging  Considerations 
3.4  Pullup/Pulldown  Resistors 
Proper  board  design  should  specify  that  input  pins  to  the  device  always  be  at  a  valid  logic  level  and  not 
floating.  This  may  be  achieved  via  pullup/pulldown  resistors.  The  DM64x  features  internal  pullup  (IPU)  and 
internal  pulldown  (IPD)  resistors  on  most  pins  to  eliminate  the  need,  unless  otherwise  noted,  for  external  
pullup/pulldown  resistors.
An  external  pullup/pulldown  resistor  must  be  used  in  the  following  situations:
•   Boot  and   Configuration   Pins :  If   the   pin   is   both   routed   out   and   in   high-impedance   mode,   an   external   
pullup/pulldown  resistor  must   be  used,  even  if  the  IPU/IPD  matches  the  desired  value/state.
•   Other  Input   Pins :  If   the   IPU/IPD   does   not   match  the   desired   value/state,   use   an   external   
pullup/pulldown  resistor  to  pull  the  signal  to  the  opposite  rail.
If  the  boot  and  configuration  pins  are  both  routed  out  and  in  high-impedance  mode,  it  is  recommended 
that  an  external  pullup/pulldown  resistor  be  used.  Although  internal  pullup/pulldown  resistors  exist  on 
these  pins  and  they  may  match  the  desired  configuration  value,  providing  external  connectivity  can  help 
specify  that  valid  logic  levels  are  latched  on  these  important  boot  configuration  pins.  In  addition,  applying 
external  pullup/pulldown  resistors  on  the  boot  and  configuration  pins  adds  convenience  to  the  user  in 
debugging  and  flexibility  in  switching  operating  modes.
Tips  for  choosing  an  external  pullup/pulldown  resistor:
•  Select  a  resistor  with  the  largest  possible  resistance 
•  Calculate  the  worst-case  leakage  current  that  flows  through  this  external  resistor.  Worst-case  leakage 
current  can  be  calculated  by  adding  up  all  the  leakage  current  at  the  pin—e.g.,  the  input  current  (II) 
from  DM64x,  and  leakage  current  from  the  other  device(s)  to  which  this  pin  is  connected.
•   Specify  that   the   voltage   at   the   pin   stays   well   within   the   low-/high-level   input   voltages   (V  
worst-case  leakage  current  is  flowing  through  this  external  resistor.
–  To  oppose  an  IPU  and  pull  the  signal  to  a  logic  low,  the  voltage  at  the  pin  must  stay  well  below  VIL. 
–  To  oppose  an  IPD  and  pull  the  signal  to  a  logic  high,  the  voltage  at  the  pin  must  stay  well  above
or  V
IL
V
.
IH
) when
IH
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Configuration   47 
 
Page 48
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
For  most  systems,  a  1-k  Ω   resistor  can  be  used  to  oppose  the  IPU/IPD  while  meeting  the  above  criteria. 
Users  should  confirm  this  resistor  value  is  correct  for  their  specific  application.
For  most  systems,  a  20-k  Ω   resistor  can  be  used  to  complement  the  IPU/IPD  on  the  boot  and  configuration 
pins  while  meeting  the  above  criteria.  Users  should  confirm  this  resistor  value  is  correct  for  their  specific 
application.
For  more  detailed  information  on  input  current  (II),  and  the  low-/high-level  input  voltages  (V 
the  DM64x  device,  see  Section  5.3   , Electrical  Characteristics  Over  Recommended  Ranges  of  Supply  
Voltage   and   Operating   Temperature .
For  the  internal  pullup/pulldown  resistors  for  all  device  pins,  see  the  peripheral/system-specific  terminal 
functions  table.
and  V
IL
) for
IH
48  Device  Configuration  Submit  Documentation  Feedback  
 
Page 49
4  System  Interconnect 
On  the  DM647/DM648  devices,  the  C64x+  Megamodule,  the  EDMA3  transfer  controllers,  and  the  system 
peripherals  are  interconnected  through  two  switch  fabrics.  The  switch  fabrics  allow  for  low-latency, 
concurrent  data  transfers  between  master  peripherals  and  slave  peripherals.  Through  a  switch  fabric,  the 
CPU  can  send  data  to  the  video  ports  without  affecting  a  data  transfer  between  the  PCI  and  the  DDR2 
memory  controller.  The  switch  fabrics  also  allow  for  seamless  arbitration  between  the  system  masters 
when  accessing  system  slaves.
4.1  Internal  Buses,  Bridges,  and  Switch  Fabrics 
Two  types  of  buses  exist  in  the  DM647/DM648  devices:  data  buses  and  configuration  buses.  Some 
DM647/DM648  peripherals  have  both  a  data  bus  and  a  configuration  bus  interface,  while  others  only  have 
one  type  of  interface.  Furthermore,  the  bus  interface  width  and  speed  varies  from  peripheral  to  peripheral. 
Configuration  buses  are  mainly  used  to  access  the  register  space  of  a  peripheral  and  the  data  buses  are 
used  mainly  for  data  transfers.  However,  in  some  cases,  the  configuration  bus  is  also  used  to  transfer 
data.  For  example,  data  is  transferred  to  the  UART  or  I2C  via  their  configuration  bus.  Similarly,  the  data 
bus  can  also  be  used  to  access  the  register  space  of  a  peripheral.  For  example,  the  EMIFA  and  DDR2 
memory  controller  registers  are  accessed  through  their  data  bus  interface.
The  C64x+  Megamodule,  the  EDMA3  traffic  controllers,  and  the  various  system  peripherals  can  be 
classified  into  two  categories:  masters  and  slaves.  Masters  are  capable  of  initiating  read  and  write 
transfers  in  the  system  and  do  not  rely  on  the  EDMA3  for  their  data  transfers.  Slaves,  on  the  other  hand, 
rely  on  the  EDMA3  to  perform  transfers  to  and  from  them.  Masters  include  the  EDMA3  traffic  controllers 
and  PCI.  Slaves  include  the  McASP,  video  port,  and  I2C.
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
The  DM647/DM648  devices  contain  two  switch  fabrics  through  which  masters  and  slaves  communicate. 
The  data  switch  fabric,  known  as  the  data  switched  central  resource  (SCR),  is  a  high-throughput 
interconnect  mainly  used  to  move  data  across  the  system  (for  more  information,  see  Section  4.2   ).  The 
data  SCR  connects  masters  to  slaves  via  128-bit  data  buses  running  at  a  SYSCLK2  frequency  (SYSCLK2 
is  generated  from  PLL1  controller).  Peripherals  that  have  a  128-bit  data  bus  interface  running  at  this 
speed  can  connect  directly  to  the  data  SCR;  other  peripherals  require  a  bridge.
The  configuration  switch  fabric,  also  known  as  the  configuration  switch  central  resource  (SCR)  is  mainly 
used  by  the  C64x+  Megamodule  to  access  peripheral  registers  (for  more  information,  see  Section  4.3   ). 
The  configuration  SCR  connects  C64x+  Megamodule  to  slaves  via  32-bit  configuration  buses  running  at  a 
SYSCLK2  frequency  (SYSCLK2  is  generated  from  PLL1  controller).  As  with  the  data  SCR,  some 
peripherals  require  the  use  of  a  bridge  to  interface  to  the  configuration  SCR.  Note  that  the  data  SCR  also 
connects  to  the  configuration  SCR.  Bridges  perform  a  variety  of  functions:
•  Conversion  between  configuration  bus  and  data  bus. 
•  Width  conversion  between  peripheral  bus  width  and  SCR  bus  width 
•  Frequency  conversion  between  peripheral  bus  frequency  and  SCR  bus  frequency 
For  example,  the  EMIFA  memory  controller  require  a  bridge  to  convert  their  64-bit  data  bus  interface  into  a 
128-bit  interface  so  that  they  can  connect  to  the  data  SCR.
Note  that  some  peripherals  can  be  accessed  through  the  data  SCR  and  also  through  the  configuration 
SCR.
4.2  Data  Switch  Fabric  Connections 
Figure  4-1  shows  the  connection  between  slaves  and  masters  through  the  data  switched  central  resource 
(SCR).  Masters  are  shown  on  the  right  and  slaves  on  the  left.  The  data  SCR  connects  masters  to  slaves 
via  128-bit  data  buses  running  at  a  SYSCLK2  frequency.  SYSCLK2  is  supplied  by  the  PLL1  controller  and 
is  fixed  at  a  frequency  equal  to  the  CPU  frequency  divided  by  3.  Some  peripherals,  like  PCI  and  the 
C64x+  Megamodule,  have  both  slave  and  master  ports.  Note  that  each  EDMA3  transfer  controller  has  an 
independent  connection  to  the  data  SCR.
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   System  Interconnect   49 
 
Page 50
Megamodule
128SYSCLK2
128SYSCLK2
128SYSCLK2
EDMA3 
Transfer
Controller
M0
M1
M2
M3
128SYSCLK2
S 
0
S 
3
S 
2
S 
1
128SYSCLK2
S
M
HPI  M 
PCI
M
VLYNQ
M
32SYSCLK3
32SYSCLK3
32SYSCLK3
Bridge
32SYSCLK3
128SYSCLK2
3-portGigabit
EthernetSwitch
M
32 TXBCLK
Bridge
128SYSCLK2
S
S
VideoPort3 S
VideoPort4 S
128SYSCLK2
64
SYSCLK2
64
SYSCLK2
Bridge
64
SYSCLK2
128SYSCLK2
PCI S
VLYNQ S
32
SYSCLK3
32
SYSCLK3
Bridge
32
SYSCLK3
128SYSCLK2
ConfigSCR S
128
SYSCLK2
Bridge
32
SYSCLK2
Megamodule S
128SYSCLK2
DDR2
Memory
Controller
S
128SYSCLK2
EMIFA S
128
SYSCLK2
Bridge
64
SYSCLK2
VideoPort0 S
VideoPort1 S
VideoPort2
S
64
SYSCLK2
64
SYSCLK2
64
SYSCLK2
Bridge
64
SYSCLK2
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Note  that  masters  can  access  the  configuration  SCR  through  the  data  SCR.  The  configuration  SCR  is 
described  in  Section  4.3   .
Not  all  masters  on  the  DM647/DM648  DSPs  may  connect  to  all  slaves.  Allowed  connections  are 
summarized  in  Table  4-1   .
Figure  4-1.  Data  SCR
50  System  Interconnect  Submit  Documentation  Feedback  
 
Page 51
Table  4-1.  Connectivity  Matrix  for  Data  SCR
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
MEGAMODULE  DDR2  EMIF  EMIFA  VIDEO  VIDEO  PCI  VLYNQ  Configuration
TC0  Y  Y  Y  Y  Y  Y  Y  Y 
TC1  Y  Y  Y  Y  Y  Y  Y  Y 
TC2  Y  Y  Y  Y  Y  Y  Y  Y 
TC3  Y  Y  Y  Y  Y  N  N  N 
Megamodule  N  Y  Y  N  N  Y  Y  N 
HPI  Y  Y  Y  N  N  Y  Y  Y 
PCI  Y  Y  Y  N  N  Y  Y  Y 
VLYNQ  Y  Y  Y  N  N  Y  Y  Y 
Ethernet  Subsystem  Y  Y  Y  N  N  N  N  N
PORT  0-2  PORT  3-4  SCR
4.3  Configuration  Switch  Fabric 
Figure  4-2  shows  the  connection  between  the  C64x+  megamodule  and  the  configuration  SCR,  which  is 
mainly  used  by  the  C64x+  Megamodule  to  access  peripheral  registers.  The  data  SCR  also  has  a 
connection  to  the  configuration  SCR  that  allows  masters  to  access  most  peripheral  registers.  The  only 
registers  not  accessible  by  the  data  SCR  through  the  configuration  SCR  are  the  device  configuration 
registers  and  the  PLL1  and  PLL2  controller  registers;  these  can  be  accessed  only  by  the  C64x+ 
Megamodule.  The  configuration  SCR  uses  32-bit  configuration  buses  running  at  SYSCLK2  frequency. 
SYSCLK2  is  supplied  by  the  PLL1  controller  and  is  fixed  at  a  frequency  equal  to  the  CPU  frequency 
divided  by  3.
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   System  Interconnect   51 
 
Page 52
Ethernet
SubSystem
S
32
SYSCLK2
Bridge
32
TXBCLK
Bridge
32
SYSCLK2
128
SYSCLK2
M
M
VideoPort0 S
VideoPort1 S
VideoPort2
S
VideoPort3 S
VideoPort4 S
UART
S
I2C S
Timer0 S
Timer1
S
Timer2 S
Bridge
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
M
Timer3 S
PSC
S
PLL Controllers S
PCI
S
McASP S
SPI
S
VIC S
GPIOS 
VICP CFG S
HPI S
EDMA3CC
S
EDMA3 TC0
S
EDMA3 TC1
S
EDMA3 TC2
S
EDMA3 TC3
S
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
Bridge
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
M
Megamodule
32SYSCLK2
S
M
DataSCR
32SYSCLK2
S
M
VICP  M 
32SYSCLK3
Bridge
32SYSCLK2
S
ConfigSCR
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
32
SYSCLK2
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
System   Interconnect  52  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
Figure  4-2.  Configuration  SCR
 
Page 53
5  Device  Operating  Conditions 
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
5.1  Absolute  Maximum  Ratings  Over  Operating  Temperature  Range  (Unless  Otherwise 
Noted) 
Supply  voltage  ranges:  Core  (C
(1)
A
VDDT
I/O,  3.3V  (D 
I/O,  1.8V  (D
, C
VDD
(2)
)
VDD33 
VDD18
, C
, A
, D
VDDESS
VDD1
VDDA
(2)
) 
, A
, A
VDLL1
, A
VDLL2
,  1.20-V  operation  –0.5  V  to  1.5  V
VDDD
(2)
)
VDDR
–0.5  V  to  4.2  V
–0.5  to  2.5  V
Input  voltage  ranges:  VII/O,  3.3-V  pins  –0.5  V  to  4.2  V
VII/O,  1.8  V  –0.5  V  to  2.5  V
Output  voltage  ranges:  VOI/O,  3.3-V  pins  –0.5  V  to  4.2  V
VOI/O,  1.8  V  –0.5  V  to  2.5  V
Operating  Junction  temperature  ranges,  Commercial  0 °  C  to  90  °  C 
TJ:
Storage  temperature  range,  T
stg
(default)  –65  °  C  to  150  °  C
(1)  Stresses  beyond  those  listed  under  absolute  maximum  ratings   may  cause  permanent  damage  to  the  device.  These  are  stress  ratings
only,  and  functional  operation  of  the  device  at  these  or  any  other  conditions  beyond  those  indicated  under  recommended  operating  
conditions   is  not   implied.   Exposure   to   absolute-maximum-rated   conditions   for   extended   periods   may   affect   device   reliability. 
(2)  All  voltage  values  are  with  respect  to  V
SS.
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Operating   Conditions   53 
 
Page 54
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
5.2  Recommended  Operating  Conditions 
MIN  NOM  MAX  UNIT
C
VDD
C
VDDESS
C
VDD1
A
VDDA
D
VDDD
A
VDDT
D
VDD33
D
VDD18
A
VDLL1
A
VDLL2
A
VDDR
V
SS
V
REFSSTL
Supply  voltage,  Core
Supply  voltage,  Ethernet  Subsystem  Core
Supply  voltage,  DDR  Core
Supply  voltage,  SerDes  Analog
Supply  voltage,  SerDes  Digital
Supply  voltage,  SerDes  Analog
Supply  voltage,  I/O,  3.3  V  3.14  3.3  3.46  V
Supply  voltage,  DDR  I/O,  1.8  V
Supply  voltage,  I/O,  1.8  V
Supply  voltage,  I/O,  1.8  V
Supply  voltage,  1.8-V  SerDes  Analog  Supply  (Regulator)
Supply  ground  (V
DDR2  reference  voltage
High-level  input  voltage,  3.3  V(except  I2C  pins)  2  V
V
IH
High-level  input  voltage,  I2C  0.7D
Low-level  input  voltage,  3.3  V(except  I2C  pins)  0.8  V
V
IL
T
J
F
SYSCLK1
Low-level  input  voltage,  I2C  0  0.3DV
Operating  Junction  temperature
DSP  Operating  Frequency  (SYSCLK1)
(1)  Future  variants  of  TI  SOC  devices  may  operate  at  voltages  ranging  from  0.9  V  to  1.4  V  to  provide  a  range  of  system  power/performance
options.  TI  highly  recommends  that  users  design-in  a  supply  that  can  handle  multiple  voltages  within  this  range  (i.e.,  1.0  V,  1.05  V,
1.1  V,  1.14  V,  1.2,  1.26  V  with  ±   3%  tolerances)  by  implementing  simple  board  changes  such  as  reference  resistor  values  or  input  pin 
configuration  modifications.  Not  incorporating  a  flexible  supply  may  limit  the  system  ability  to  easily  adapt  to  future  versions  of  TI  SOC
devices. 
(2)  V 
(3)  In  the  absence  of  a  heat  sink,  use  the  following  formula  to  determine  the  device  junction  temperature:  TJ=  TC+  (Power  x  Psi
REFSSTL
is  expected  to  equal  0.5DV
and  TCcan  be  measured  by  the  user.
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(-720,  -900 
devices)
1.14  1.2  1.26  V
1.71  1.8  1.89  V
)  0  0  0  V
SS
(2)
(3)
Commercial  0  90  °  C
0.49D
VDD18
VDD33
0.5D
VDD18
0.51D
(-900  devices)  33.3  900  MHz
(-720  devices)  33.3  720  MHz
of  the  transmitting  device  and  to  track  variations  in  the  D
DDR2
.
VDD18
VDD18
DD33
V
V
).  Power
JT
Device   Operating   Conditions  54  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 55
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
5.3  Electrical  Characteristics  Over  Recommended  Ranges  of  Supply  Voltage  and  Operating
Temperature  (Unless  Otherwise  Noted)
PARAMETER  TEST  CONDITIONS
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C 
C
High-level  output  voltage  (3.3-V  I/O  except
OH
I2C  pins) 
Low-level  output  voltage  (3.3-V  I/O  except
I2C  pins)
OL
Low-level  output  voltage  (3.3-V  I/O  I2C 
pins)
Input  current  [dc]
I
Input  current  [dc]  (I2C)  VI= VSSto  DV
High-level  output  current  [dc]
OH
Low-level  output  current  [dc]
OL
I/O  Off-state  output  current
OZ
Core  (CV
CDD
3.3-V  I/O  (DV
DDD
1.8-V  I/O  (DV 
PLLV
DDD
current 
Input  capacitance  pF
I
Output  capacitance  pF
o
, V
DD
, V
PRW18
(3)
) supply  current
DDA_1P1V
) supply  current
DD33
, DDR_VDDDLL,  DV
DDR2
, MXV
DDA_1P8V
) supply
DD
(3)
DV
= MIN,  IOH= MAX  V
DD33
DV
= MIN,  IOL= MAX  V
DD33
IO= 3 mA  V 
VI= VSSto  DV
VI= VSSto  DV
(2)
VI= VSSto  DV 
pulldown  resistor
without  internal  resistor  µ  A
DD33
with  internal  pullup  resistor
DD33
with  opposing  internal
DD33
(2)
DD33
DDR2  mA 
All  other  peripherals  mA 
DDR2  mA 
All  other  peripherals  mA 
VO= DV 
VO= DV 
CV
(3)
DD
CV
DD
DV
DD
DV
DD 
DD
DV
DD
or  VSS; internal  pull  disabled  µ  A
DD33
or  VSS; internal  pull  enabled  µ  A
DD33
= 1.2-V,  DSP  clock  = 720  MHz  mA 
= 1.2-V,  DSP  clock  = 900  MHz  mA 
= 3.3-V,  DSP  clock  = 720  MHz  mA 
= 3.3-V,  DSP  clock  = 900  MHz  mA 
= 1.8-V,  DSP  clock  = 720  MHz  mA
= 1.8-V,  DSP  clock  = 900  MHz  mA
(1)
MIN  TYP  MAX  UNIT
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
µ A 
µ A  
µ A 
(1)  For  test  conditions  shown  as  MIN,  MAX,  or  NOM,  use  the  appropriate  value  specified  in  the  recommended  operating  conditions  table. 
(2)  Applies  only  to  pins  with  an  internal  pullup  (IPU)  or  pulldown  (IPD)  resistor. 
(3)  Measured  under  the  following  conditions.
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Device  Operating   Conditions   55 
 
Page 56
Transmission Line
4.0 pF  1.85 pF
Z0 = 50 Ω  
(see Note)
Tester Pin Electronics
Data Sheet Timing Reference Point
Output 
Under 
Test
NOTE: The data sheet provides timing at the device pin. For output timing analysis, the tester pin electronics and its transmission line effects must
be taken into account. A transmission line with a delay of 2 ns can be used to produce the desired transmission line effect. The transmission 
line is intended as a load only. It is not necessary to add or subtract the transmission line delay (2 ns) from the data sheet timings.
Input requirements in this data sheet are tested with an input slew rate of < 4 Volts per nanosecond (4 V/ns) at the device pin.
42 Ω   3.5 nH
Device Pin 
(see Note)
V
ref
 = VIL MAX (or VOL MAX)
V
ref
 = VIH MIN (or VOH MIN)
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
6  Peripheral  Information  and  Electrical  Specifications 
6.1  Parameter  Information 
Figure  6-1.  Test  Load  Circuit  for  AC  Timing  Measurements
The  load  capacitance  value  stated  is  only  for  characterization  and  measurement  of  ac  timing  signals.  This 
load  capacitance  value  does  not  indicate  the  maximum  load  the  device  is  capable  of  driving.
6.1.1  3.3-V  Signal  Transition  Levels 
All  input  and  output  timing  parameters  are  referenced  to  V 
V
=  1.5  V.  For  1.8-V  I/O,  V
ref
Figure  6-2.  Input  and  Output  Voltage  Reference  Levels  for  ac  Timing  Measurements
All  rise  and  fall  transition  timing  parameters  are  referenced  to  V 
V
MAX  and  V
OL
MIN  for  output  clocks.
OH
Figure  6-3.  Rise  and  Fall  Transition  Time  Voltage  Reference  Levels
=  0.9  V.
ref
for  both  0  and  1  logic  levels.  For  3.3-V  I/O,
ref
MAX  and  V
IL
MIN  for  input  clocks,
IH
6.1.2  3.3-V  Signal  Transition  Rates 
All  timings  are  tested  with  an  input  edge  rate  of  4  volts  per  nanosecond  (4  Vpns).
Peripheral   Information   and   Electrical   Specifications  56  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 57
6.1.3  Timing  Parameters  and  Board  Routing  Analysis 
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
AECLKOUT
(OutputfromDSP)
AECLKOUT
(InputtoExternalDevice)
ControlSignals
(A)
(OutputfromDSP)
ControlSignals
(InputtoExternalDevice)
DataSignals
(B)
(OutputfromExternalDevice)
DataSignals
(B)
(InputtoDSP)
9
The  timing  parameter  values  specified  in  this  data  sheet  do  not   include  delays  by  board  routings.  As  a 
good  board  design  practice,  such  delays  must  always   be  taken  into  account.  Timing  values  may  be 
adjusted  by  increasing/decreasing  such  delays.  TI  recommends  utilizing  the  available  I/O  buffer 
information  specification  (IBIS)  models  to  analyze  the  timing  characteristics  correctly.  To  properly  use  IBIS 
models  to  attain  accurate  timing  analysis  for  a  given  system,  see  the  Using  IBIS  Models  for  Timing  
Analysis   Application   Report   (literature  number   SPRA839   ).  If   needed,   external   logic   hardware   such   as  
buffers  may  be  used  to  compensate  for  any  timing  differences.
For  inputs,  timing  is  most  impacted  by  the  round-trip  propagation  delay  from  the  DSP  to  the  external 
device  and  from  the  external  device  to  the  DSP.  This  round-trip  delay  tends  to  negatively  impact  the  input 
setup  time  margin,  but  also  tends  to  improve  the  input  hold  time  margins  (see  Table  6-1   and  Figure  6-4   ).
Figure  6-4  represents  a  general  transfer  between  the  DSP  and  an  external  device.  The  figure  also 
represents  board  route  delays  and  how  they  are  perceived  by  the  DSP  and  the  external  device.
Table  6-1.  Board-Level  Timing  Example
NO.  DESCRIPTION
1  Clock  route  delay 
2  Minimum  DSP  hold  time 
3  Minimum  DSP  setup  time 
4  External  device  hold  time  requirement 
5  External  device  setup  time  requirement 
6  Control  signal  route  delay 
7  External  device  hold  time 
8  External  device  access  time
9  DSP  hold  time  requirement 
10  DSP  setup  time  requirement 
11  Data  route  delay
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
(see  Figure  6-4   )
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Peripheral  Information   and   Electrical   Specifications   57 
A.  Control  signals  include  data  for  writes. 
B.  Data  signals  are  generated  during  Reads  from  an  external  device.
Figure  6-4.  Board-Level  Input/Output  Timings
 
Page 58
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
6.2  Recommended  Clock  and  Control  Signal  Transition  Behavior 
All  clocks  and  control  signals  must   transition  between  V 
manner.
6.3  Power  Supplies 
For  more  information  regarding  TI's  power  management  products  and  suggested  devices  to  power  TI 
DSPs,  visit  www.ti.com/dsppower   .
6.3.1  Power-Supply  Sequencing 
The  DM647/8  includes  1.2-V  core  supply  (CVDD,  CVDDESS,  CVDD1,  AVDDA,  DVDDD,  AVDDT),  and 
two  I/O  supplies—3.3-V  (DVDD33)  and  1.8-V  (DvDD18,  AVDLL1,  AVDLL2,  AVDDR)  To  ensure  proper 
device  operation,  a  specific  power-up  sequence  must  be  followed.  Some  TI  power-supply  devices  include 
features  that  facilitate  power  sequencing—for  example,  Auto-Track  and  Slow-Start/Enable  features.  For 
more  information  on  TI  power  supplies  and  their  features,  visit  www.ti.com/dsppower   .
Here  is  a  summary  of  the  power  sequencing  requirements:
•  The  power  ramp  order  must  be  3.3-V  (DVDD33)  before  1.8-V  (DvDD18,  AVDLL1,  AVDLL2,  AVDDR), 
•  From  the  time  that  power  ramp  begins,  all  power  supplies  (3.3  V,  1.8  V,  1.2  V)  must  be  stable  within 
and  V
IH
and  1.8-V  (DVDD18,  AVDLL1,  AVDLL2,  AVDDR)  before  1.2-V  core  supply  (CVDD,  CVDDESS, 
CVDD1,  AVDDA,  DVDDD,  AVDDT)  —meaning  during  power  up,  the  voltage  at  the  1.8-V  rail  should 
never  exceed  the  voltage  at  the  3.3-V  rail.  Similarly,  the  voltage  at  the  1.2-V  rail  should  never  exceed 
the  voltage  at  the  DVDDR2  rail.
200  ms.  The  term  "stable"  means  reaching  the  recommended  operating  condition  (see  Section  5.2   , 
Recommended  Operating  Conditions).
(or  between  V
IL
and  VIH) in  a  monotonic
IL
6.3.2  Power-Supply  Design  Considerations 
Core  and  I/O  supply  voltage  regulators  should  be  located  close  to  the  DSP  to  minimize  inductance  and 
resistance  in  the  power  delivery  path.  Additionally,  when  designing  for  high-performance  applications 
utilizing  the  DM647/8  device,  the  PC  board  should  include  separate  power  planes  for  core,  I/O,  and 
ground;  all  bypassed  with  high-quality  low-ESL/ESR  capacitors.
6.3.3  Power-Supply  Decoupling 
In  order  to  properly  decouple  the  supply  planes  from  system  noise,  place  as  many  capacitors  (caps)  as 
possible  close  to  the  DSP.  These  caps  need  to  be  close  to  the  DSP,  no  more  than  1.25  cm  maximum 
distance  to  be  effective.  Physically  smaller  caps  are  better,  such  as  0402,  but  need  to  be  evaluated  from  a 
yield/manufacturing  point-of-view.  Parasitic  inductance  limits  the  effectiveness  of  the  decoupling 
capacitors;  therefore  physically  smaller  capacitors  should  be  used  while  maintaining  the  largest  available 
capacitance  value.  Larger  caps  for  each  supply  can  be  placed  further  away  for  bulk  decoupling.  Large 
bulk  caps  (on  the  order  of  100     F)  should  be  furthest  away,  but  still  as  close  as  possible.  Large  caps  for 
each  supply  should  be  placed  outside  of  the  BGA  footprint.
6.3.4  Power  and  Sleep  Controller  (PSC) 
The  power  and  sleep  controller  (PSC)  controls  power  by  turning  off  unused  power  domains  or  by  gating 
off  clocks  to  individual  peripherals/modules.  The  DM647/DM648  devices  use  the  clock-gating  feature  of 
the  PSC  only  for  power  savings.  The  PSC  consists  of  a  global  PSC  (GPSC)  and  a  set  of  local  PSCs 
(LPSCs).
The  GPSC  contains  memory  mapped  registers,  PSC  interrupt  control,  and  a  state  machine  for  each 
peripheral/module.  An  LPSC  is  associated  with  each  peripheral/module  and  provides  clock  and  reset 
control.  The  LPSCs  for  DM647/DM648  are  shown  in  Table  6-2   . The  PSC  register  memory  map  is  given  in
Table  6-3  . For  more  details  on  the  PSC,  see  the  TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648  DMP  DSP  Subsystem  
Reference  Guide  (Literature  Number  SPRUEU6   ). 
Peripheral  Information  and  Electrical  Specifications58  Submit  Documentation  Feedback 
 
Page 59
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
Table  6-2.  DM647/DM648  LPSC  Assignments
LPSC  NUMBER  PERIPHERAL/  MODULE  LPSC  NUMBER  PERIPHERAL/  MODULE
0  EDMA3CC  19  PCI 
1  Reserved  20  VP0 
2  Reserved  21  VP1 
3  Reserved  22  VP2 
4  Reserved  23  VP3 
5  Reserved  24  VP4 
6  Reserved  25  EMIFA 
7  DDR2  Memory  Controller  26  TIMER2 
8  UHPI  27  TIMER3
9  VLYNQ  28  VIC 
10  GPIO  29  McASP 
11  TIMER0  30  UART 
12  TIMER1  31  VICP 
13  Reserved  32  Reserved 
14  Reserved  33  C64x+  CPU 
15  Reserved  34  Ethernet  Subsystem 
16  Reserved 
17  SPI 
18  I2C
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  6-3.  PSC  Register  Memory  Map
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  REGISTER  ACRONYM  DESCRIPTION
0x0204  6000  PID  Peripheral  Revision  and  Class  Information  Register 
0x0204  6004-  0x0204  600F  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6010  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6014  Reserved 
0x0204  6018  INTEVAL  Interrupt  Evaluation  Register 
0x0204  601C-  0x0204  603F  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6040  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6044  MERRPR1  Module  Error  Pending  1  (mod  32-  63)  Register 
0x0204  6048-  0x0204  604F  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6050  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6054  MERRCR1  Module  Error  Clear  1  (mod  32  - 63)  Register 
0x0204  6058-  0x0204  605F  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6060  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6064-  0x0204  6067  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6068  –  Reserved 
0x0204  606C-  0x0204  611F  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6120  PTCMD  Power  Domain  Transition  Command  Register 
0x0204  6124-  0x0204  6127  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6128  PTSTAT  Power  Domain  Transition  Status  Register 
0x0204  612C-  0x0204  61FF  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6200  PDSTAT0  Power  Domain  Status  0  Register  (Always  On) 
0x0204  6204-  0x0204  62FF  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6300  PDCTL0  Power  Domain  Control  0  Register  (Always  On) 
0x0204  6304-  0x1C4  150F  –  Reserved
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Peripheral  Information   and   Electrical   Specifications   59 
 
Page 60
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  REGISTER  ACRONYM  DESCRIPTION
0x0204  6510  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6514  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6518-  0x0204  65FF  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6600-  0x0204  67FF  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6800  MDSTAT0  Module  Status  0  Register  (EDMACC) 
0x0204  6804  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6808  –  Reserved 
0x0204  680C  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6810  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6814  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6818  –  Reserved 
0x0204  681C  MDSTAT7  Module  Status  7  Register  (DDR2) 
0x0204  6820  MDSTAT8  Module  Status  8  Register  (HPI) 
0x0204  6824  MDSTAT9  Module  Status  9  Register  (VLYNQ) 
0x0204  6828  MDSTAT10  Module  Status  10  Register  (GPIO) 
0x0204  682C  MDSTAT11  Module  Status  11  Register  (TIMER  0) 
0x0204  6830  MDSTAT12  Module  Status  12  Register  (TIMER  1) 
0x0204  6834  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6838  –  Reserved 
0x0204  683C  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6840  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6844  MDSTAT17  Module  Status  17  Register  (SPI) 
0x0204  6848  MDSTAT18  Module  Status  18  Register  (I2C) 
0x0204  684C  MDSTAT19  Module  Status  19  Register  (PCI) 
0x0204  6850  MDSTAT20  Module  Status  20  Register  (Video  Port  0) 
0x0204  6854  MDSTAT21  Module  Status  21  Register  (Video  Port  1) 
0x0204  6858  MDSTAT22  Module  Status  22  Register  (Video  Port  2) 
0x0204  685C  MDSTAT23  Module  Status  23  Register  (Video  Port  3) 
0x0204  6860  MDSTAT24  Module  Status  24  Register  (Video  Port  4) 
0x0204  6864  MDSTAT25  Module  Status  25  Register  (EMIFA) 
0x0204  6868  MDSTAT26  Module  Status  26  Register  (TIMER  2) 
0x0204  686C  MDSTAT27  Module  Status  27  Register  (TIMER  3) 
0x0204  6870  MDSTAT28  Module  Status  28  Register  (VIC) 
0x0204  6874  MDSTAT29  Module  Status  29  Register  (McASP) 
0x0204  6878  MDSTAT30  Module  Status  30  Register  (UART) 
0x0204  687C  MDSTAT31  Module  Status  31  Register  (VICP) 
0x0204  6880  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6884  MDSTAT33  Module  Status  33  Register  (C64x+  CPU) 
0x0204  688C  MDSTAT34  Module  Status  34  Register  (Ethernet  Subsystem) 
0x0204  688C-0x0204  69FF  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6A00  MDCTL0  Module  Control  0  Register  (EDMACC) 
0x0204  6A04  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6A08  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6A0C  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6A10  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6A14  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6A18  –  Reserved
Table  6-3.  PSC  Register  Memory  Map  (continued)
Peripheral  Information  and  Electrical  Specifications60  Submit  Documentation  Feedback 
 
Page 61
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
Table  6-3.  PSC  Register  Memory  Map  (continued)
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  REGISTER  ACRONYM  DESCRIPTION
0x0204  6A1C  MDCTL7  Module  Control  7  Register  (DDR2) 
0x0204  6A20  MDCTL8  Module  Control  8  Register  (HPI) 
0x0204  6A24  MDCTL9  Module  Control  9  Register  (VLYNQ) 
0x0204  6A28  MDCTL10  Module  Control  10  Register  (GPIO) 
0x0204  6A2C  MDCTL11  Module  Control  11  Register  (TIMER  0) 
0x0204  6A30  MDCTL12  Module  Control  12  Register  (TIMER  1) 
0x0204  6A34  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6A38  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6A3C  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6A40  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6A44  MDCTL17  Module  Control  17  Register  (SPI) 
0x0204  6A48  MDCTL18  Module  Control  18  Register  (I2C) 
0x0204  6A4C  MDCTL19  Module  Control  19  Register  (PCI) 
0x0204  6A50  MDCTL20  Module  Control  20  Register  (Video  Port  0) 
0x0204  6A54  MDCTL21  Module  Control  21  Register  (Video  Port  1) 
0x0204  6A58  MDCTL22  Module  Control  22  Register  (Video  Port  2) 
0x0204  6A5C  MDCTL23  Module  Control  23  Register  (Video  Port  3) 
0x0204  6A60  MDCTL24  Module  Control  24  Register  (Video  Port  4) 
0x0204  6A64  MDCTL25  Module  Control  25  Register  (EMIFA) 
0x0204  6A68  MDCTL26  Module  Control  26  Register  (TIMER  2) 
0x0204  6A6C  MDCTL27  Module  Control  27  Register  (TIMER  3) 
0x0204  6A70  MDCTL28  Module  Control  28  Register  (VIC) 
0x0204  6A74  MDCTL29  Module  Control  29  Register  (McASP) 
0x0204  6A78  MDCTL30  Module  Control  30  Register  (UART) 
0x0204  6A7C  MDCTL31  Module  Control  31  Register  (VICP) 
0x0204  6A80  –  Reserved 
0x0204  6A84  MDCTL33  Module  Control  33  Register  (C64x+  CPU) 
0x0204  6A8C  MDCTL34  Module  Control  34  Register  (Ethernet  Subsystem) 
0x0204  6A90-  0x0204  6FFF  –  Reserved
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
6.3.5  DM647/DM648  Power  and  Clock  Domains 
The  DM647/DM648  includes  two  power  domains:  the  System  Domain  and  the  Ethernet  Subsystem 
Domain.  Both  of  these  power  domains  are  always  on  when  the  chip  is  on.  Both  of  these  domains  are 
powered  by  the  C
The  primary  PLL  controller  generates  the  input  clock  to  the  C64x+  megamodule  as  well  as  most  of  the 
system  peripherals  such  as  the  multichannel  audio  serial  ports  (McASPs)  and  the  external  memory 
interface  (EMIFA).  The  secondary  PLL  controller  generates  interface  clocks  for  the  DDR2  memory 
controller.  The  Ethernet  Subsystem  is  clocked  through  the  SerDes  module,  which  takes  input  from 
REFCLKP/N.  The  primary  PLL  controller  (PLL1  controller)  uses  the  device  input  clock  CLKIN1  and  the 
secondary  PLL  controller  (PLL2  controller)  uses  the  device  input  clock  CLKIN2
Table  6-4  provides  a  listing  of  the  DM647/DM648  clock  domains. 
POWER  DOMAIN  CLOCK  DOMAIN  PERIPHERAL/MODULE/USAGE
System  Domain  CLKDIV1  C64x+  CPU 
System  Domain  CLKDIV3  EDMA/SCR
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Peripheral  Information   and   Electrical   Specifications   61 
pins  of  the  DM647/DM648  device.
VDD
Table  6-4.  DM647/DM648  Power  and  Clock  Domains
 
Page 62
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  6-4.  DM647/DM648  Power  and  Clock  Domains  (continued)
POWER  DOMAIN  CLOCK  DOMAIN  PERIPHERAL/MODULE/USAGE
System  Domain  CLKDIV3  TSIP0 
System  Domain  CLKDIV3  TSIP1 
System  Domain  CLKDIV3  DDR  Subsystem 
System  Domain  CLKDIV3  Video  Port  0 
System  Domain  CLKDIV3  Video  Port  1 
System  Domain  CLKDIV3  Video  Port  2 
System  Domain  CLKDIV3  Video  Port  3 
System  Domain  CLKDIV3  Video  Port  4 
System  Domain  CLKDIV3  EMIFA 
System  Domain  CLKDIV6  HPI 
System  Domain  CLKDIV6  PCI 
System  Domain  CLKDIV6  VLYNQ 
System  Domain  CLKDIV6  UART 
System  Domain  CLKDIV6  I2C 
System  Domain  CLKDIV6  TIMER  0 
System  Domain  CLKDIV6  TIMER  1 
System  Domain  CLKDIV6  TIMER  2 
System  Domain  CLKDIV6  TIMER  3 
System  Domain  CLKDIV6  SPI 
System  Domain  CLKDIV6  McASP 
System  Domain  CLKDIV6  VIC 
System  Domain  CLKDIV6  GPIO 
System  Domain  CLKDIV6  PLL  Controller  1 
System  Domain  CLKDIV6  PLL  Controller  2 
System  Domain  CLKDIV6  Config  SCR 
System  Domain  CLKDIV4  0  Internal  EMIFA  Clock 
System  Domain  CLKDIV4  1  Emulation  and  Trace 
System  Domain  CLKDIV4  2  VICP  cop_clk/2 
System  Domain  CLKDIV2  VICP  cop_clk 
Ethernet  Subsystem  Domain  SerDes  TXBCLK  Ethernet  Subsystem
The  DM647/DM648  architecture  is  divided  into  the  power  and  clock  domains  shown  in  Table  6-5   , which 
further  shows  the  clock  domains  and  their  ratios.
SUBSYSTEM  CLOCK  DOMAIN  DOMAIN  CLOCK  SOURCE  FIXED  RATIO  VS  SYSREFCLK
DSP  Subsystem  CLKDIV1  PLLC1.REFSYSCLK  Peripherals  (CLKDIV3  Domain)  CLKDIV3  PLLC1.SYSCLK1  1:3 
Emulation/Trace  CLKDIV4  1  PLLC1.SYSCLK2  1:4 
Peripherals  (CLKDIV6  Domain)  CLKDIV6  PLLC1.SYSCLK3  1:6 
Internal  EMIFA  Clock  CLKDIV4  0  PLLC1.SYSCLK4  1:4 
VICP  cop_clk/2  CLKDIV4  2  PLLC1.SYSCLK5  1:4 
VICP  cop_clk  CLKDIV2  PLLC1.SYSCLK6  1:2
Peripheral   Information   and   Electrical   Specifications  62  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
Table  6-5.  DM647/DM648  Clock  Domain  Assignment
FREQUENCY
 
Page 63
6.3.6  Preserving  Boundary-Scan  Functionality  on  DDR2  Memory  Pins 
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Similarly,  when  the  DDR2  Memory  Controller  is  not  used,  the  V 
connected  directly  to  ground  (V 
functioning  on  the  DDR2  Memory  Controller  pins.  To  preserve  boundary-scan  functionality  on  the  DDR2 
Memory  Controller  pins,  V
•   V 
the  D
•  RSV19  - connect  this  pin  to  ground  (V 
•  RSV20  - connect  this  pin  to  the  1.8-V  I/O  supply  (D 
6.4  PLL1  and  PLL1  Controller 
The  primary  PLL  controller  generates  the  input  clock  to  the  C64x+  megamodule  (including  the  CPU)  as 
well  as  most  of  the  system  peripherals  such  as  the  multichannel  audio  serial  ports  (McASPs)  and  the 
external  memory  interface  (EMIFA).
)  to  save  power.  However,  this  will  prevent  boundary-scan  from
SS
REFSSTL
REFSSTL
- connect  to  a  voltage  of  DVDD18/2.  The  DVDD18/2  voltage  can  be  generated  directly  from 
supply  using  two  1-k  Ω   resistors  to  form  a  resistor  divider  circuit.
VDD18
, RSV11,  and  RSV12  should  be  connected  as  follows:
) via  a  200-  Ω   resistor.
SS
VDD18
REFSSTL
) via  a  200-  Ω   resistor
, RSV19,  and  RSV20  pins  can  be
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Peripheral  Information   and   Electrical   Specifications   63 
 
Page 64
1
0
DIVIDERD4
CLKIN1
PLLEN(PLLCTL.[0])
SYSCLK1
SYSCLK2
AECLKIN(ExternalEMIFClockInput)
EMIFA
DIVIDERPREDIV
DIVIDERD1
DIVIDERD2
AECLKOUT
PLLV1
C2
C1
EMIFilter
+1.8V
560pF 0.1 F
SYSCLK5
SYSREFCLK
(C64x+MegaModule)
DIVIDERD5
PLL1Controller
(EMIFInputClock)
DM647/DM648
/1,/2,/3
ENA
PREDEN(PREDIV.[15])
/3
ENA
/2,/4,
...,/16
PLL1
PLLM
x1,x15,
x20,x25,
x30,x32
D4EN(PLLDIV4.[15])
SYSCLK4 
(InternalEMIFClockInput)
SYSCLK4
PLLOUT
PLLREF
SYSCLK3
DIVIDERD3
/6
SYSCLK6
DIVIDERD6
ENA
D2EN(PLLDIV2.[15])
/1,/2, 
...,/8
(EmulationandTrace)
VICP cop_clk/2
VICP cop_clk
/4
/2
01
AECLKINSEL 
(AEA[17]pin)
10
VCLK
VLYNQ
CLKDIR 
(CTRL.[15])
/1,/2, 
...,/8
CLKDIV
(CTRL.[18:16])
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
As  shown  in  Figure  6-5   , the  PLL1  controller  features  a  software-programmable  PLL  multiplier  controller 
(PLLM)  and  five  dividers  (PREDIV,  D1,  D2,  D3,  D4,  D5,  D6).  The  PLL1  controller  uses  the  device  input 
clock  CLKIN1  to  generate  a  system  reference  clock  (SYSREFCLK)  and  five  system  clocks  (SYSCLK1, 
SYSCLK2,  SYSCLK3,  SYSCLK4,  SYSCLK5  and  SYSCLK6).  PLL1  power  is  supplied  externally  via  the 
PLL1  power-supply  pin  (PLLV1).  An  external  EMI  filter  circuit  must  be  added  to  PLLV1,  as  shown  in 
Figure  8-11.  The  1.8-V  supply  of  the  EMI  filter  must  be  from  the  same  1.8-V  power  plane  supplying  the  I/O 
power-supply  pin,  D
Peripheral   Information   and   Electrical   Specifications  64  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
Figure  6-5.  PLL  Input  Clock
. TI  requires  EMI  filter  manufacturer  Murata,  part  number  NFM18CC222R1C3.
VDD18
 
Page 65
All  PLL  external  components  (C1,  C2,  and  the  EMI  Filter)  must  be  placed  as  close  to  the  C64x+  DSP 
device  as  possible.  For  the  best  performance,  TI  recommends  that  all  the  PLL  external  components  be  on 
a  single  side  of  the  board  without  jumpers,  switches,  or  components  other  than  the  ones  shown.  For 
reduced  PLL  jitter,  maximize  the  spacing  between  switching  signals  and  the  PLL  external  components 
(C1,  C2,  and  the  EMI  Filter).The  minimum  CLKIN1  rise  and  fall  times  should  also  be  observed.  For  the 
input  clock  timing  requirements,  see  Section  6.4.4   .
6.4.1  PLL1  Controller  Device-Specific  Information 
As  shown  in  Figure  6-5   ,  the  PLL1  controller  generates  several  internal  clocks  including  the  system 
reference  clock  (SYSREFCLK),  and  the  system  clocks  (SYSCLK1/2/3/4/5/6).  The  high-frequency  clock 
signal  SYSREFCLK  is  directly  used  to  clock  the  C64x+  megamodule  (including  the  CPU)  and  also  serves 
as  a  reference  clock  for  the  rest  of  the  DSP  system.  Dividers  D1,  D2,  D3,  D4,  D5  and  D6  divide  the 
high-frequency  clock  SYSREFCLK  to  generate  SYSCLK1,  SYSCLK2,  SYSCLK3,  SYSCLK4,  SYSCLK5 
and  SYSCLK6,  respectively.
The  system  clocks  are  used  to  clock  different  portions  of  the  DSP  as  follows:
•   SYSCLK1  is   used   for   the   following   modules   3PDMA,   the   SCR   and   the   bridges,   DDR   Subsystem  
internal  logic,  Video  Port  0,  Video  Port  1,  Video  Port  2,  Video  Port  3,  Video  Port  4,  EMIFA  internal 
logic.
•  SYSCLK2  is  used  for  Emulation  and  Trace 
•  SYSCLK3  is  used  for  most  of  the  peripherals.  These  modules  are  clocked  from  SYSCLK3:  HPI,  PCI, 
VLYNQ,  UART,  I2C,  TIMER  0,  TIMER  1,  TIMER  2,  TIMER  3,  SPI,  McASP,  VIC,  GPIO,  PLL  Controller 
1,  PLL  Controller  2,  Config  SCR
•  SYSCLK4  is  used  as  the  EMIFA  AECLKOUT 
•  SYSCLK5  is  used  as  the  VICP  internal  clock 
•  SYSCLK6  is  used  as  the  VICP  internal  clock 
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
The  PLL  multiplier  controller  (PLLM)  must  be  programmed  after  reset.  There  is  no  hardware  CLKMODE 
selection  on  the  DM647/DM648  device.  Since  the  divider  ratio  bits  for  dividers  D1,  D3,  D5,  and  D6  are 
fixed,  the  frequency  of  SYSCLK1,  SYCLK3,  SYSCLK5  and  SYSCLK6  is  tied  to  the  frequency  of 
SYSREFCLK.  However,  the  frequency  of  SYSCLK2  and  SYSCLK4  depends  on  the  configuration  of 
dividers  D2  and  D4.  For  example,  with  PLLM  in  the  PLL1  multiply  control  register  set  to  10011b  (x20 
mode)  and  a  35  MHz  CLKIN1  input,  the  PLL  output  PLLOUT  is  set  to  700  MHz  and  SYSCLK1  and 
SYSCLK3  run  at  233  MHz  and  117  MHz,  respectively.  Divider  D4  can  be  programmed  through  the 
PLLDIV4  register  to  divide  SYSREFCLK  by  10  such  that  SYSCLK4  runs  at  70  MHz.
Note  that  there  is  a  minimum  and  maximum  operating  frequency  for  PLLREF,  PLLOUT,  SYSCLK4,  and 
SYSCLK5.  The  PLL1  Controller  must  not  be  configured  to  exceed  any  of  these  constraints  (certain 
combinations  of  external  clock  input,  internal  dividers,  and  PLL  multiply  ratios  might  not  be  supported).  For 
the  PLL  clocks  input  and  output  frequency  ranges,  see  Table  6-6   .
Table  6-6.  PLL1  Clock  Frequency  Ranges
CLOCK  SIGNAL  MIN  MAX  UNIT
CLKIN1  66.6  MHz
PLLREF  (PLLEN  =  1)
PLLOUT
(1)  Only  applies  when  the  PLL1  Controller  is  set  to  PLL  mode  (PLLEN  =  1  in  the  PLLCTL  register) 
(2)  Only  for  DM648  device
(1)
(1)
33.3  66.6  MHz 
400  900
(2)
MHz
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Peripheral  Information   and   Electrical   Specifications   65 
 
Page 66
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
6.4.2  PLL1  Controller  Operating  Modes 
The  PLL1  controller  has  two  modes  of  operation:  bypass  mode  and  PLL  mode.  The  mode  of  operation  is 
determined  by  the  PLLEN  bit  of  the  PLL  control  register  (PLLCTL).  In  PLL  mode,  SYSREFCLK  is 
generated  from  the  device  input  clock  CLKIN1  using  the  divider  PREDIV  and  the  PLL  multiplier  PLLM.  In 
bypass  mode,  CLKIN1  is  fed  directly  to  SYSREFCLK.
All  hosts  (HPI,  PCI,  etc.)  must  hold  off  accesses  to  the  DSP  while  the  frequency  of  its  internal  clocks  is 
changing.  A  mechanism  must  be  in  place  such  that  the  DSP  notifies  the  host  when  the  PLL  configuration 
has  completed.
6.4.3  PLL1  Stabilization,  Lock,  and  Reset  Times 
The  PLL  stabilization  time  is  the  amount  of  time  that  must  be  allotted  for  the  internal  PLL  regulators  to 
become  stable  after  device  power-up.  The  PLL  should  not  be  operated  until  this  stabilization  time  has 
expired.
The  PLL  reset  time  is  the  amount  of  wait  time  needed  when  resetting  the  PLL  (writing  PLLRST  =  1),  in 
order  for  the  PLL  to  properly  reset,  before  bringing  the  PLL  out  of  reset  (writing  PLLRST  =  0).  For  the 
PLL1  reset  time  value,  see  Table  6-7   .
Table  6-7.  PLL1  Stabilization,  Lock,  and  Reset  Times
PLL  stabilization  time  150  µ  s
PLL  lock  time  2000*C
PLL  reset  time  128*C
(1)  C  =  CLKIN1  cycle  time  in  ns.  For  example,  when  CLKIN1  frequency  is  50  MHz,  use  C  =  20  ns.
6.4.4  PLL1  Controller  Input  and  Output  Clock  Electrical  Data/Timing 
Table  6-8.  Timing  Requirements  for  CLKIN1
NO.  UNIT
1  t
c(CLKIN1)
2  t
w(CLKIN1H)
3  t
w(CLKIN1L)
4  t
t(CLKIN1)
5  t
J(CLKIN1)
(1)  The  reference  points  for  the  rise  and  fall  transitions  are  measured  at  3.3-V  VILMAX  and  VIHMIN. 
(2)  C  =  CLKIN1  cycle  time  in  ns.  For  example,  when  CLKIN1  frequency  is  50  MHz,  use  C  =  20  ns. 
(3)  The  PLL1  multiplier  factors  (x1  [BYPASS],  x 15,  x20,  x25,  x30,  x32)  further  limit  the  MIN  and  MAX  values  for  tc(CLKIN1).  For  more
detailed  information  on  these  limitations,  see  Section  6.3.5   , DM647/DM648  Power  and  Clock  Domains.
Cycle  time,  CLKIN1  15  30.3  ns 
Pulse  duration,  CLKIN1  high  0.4C  ns 
Pulse  duration,  CLKIN1  low  0.4C  ns 
Transition  time,  CLKIN1  1.2  ns 
Period  jitter,  (peak-to-peak),  CLKIN1  100  ps
MIN  TYP  MAX  UNIT
(1)
(1)
(1)  (2)  (3)
(see  Figure  6-6   )
-720
-900
PLL  MODES
x1  (Bypass),  x15,  x20,
x25,  x30,  x32
MIN  MAX
µ s  
µ s 
Peripheral  Information  and  Electrical  Specifications66  Submit  Documentation  Feedback 
Figure  6-6.  CLKIN1  Timing
 
Page 67
6.4.5  PLL1  Controller  Register  Description(s) 
PLLV2
C162 C161
EMIFilter
+1.8V
560pF 0.1 F
DM647/DM648
PLL2
CLKIN2
PLLM
x20
PLLOUT PLLREF
DDR2MemoryController
SYSCLK1(FromPLL Controller1)
A  summary  of  the  PLL1  controller  registers  is  shown  in  Table  6-9   .
Table  6-9.  PLL1  and  Reset  Controller  Registers  Memory  Map
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  REGISTER  NAME  DESCRIPTION
0x020E  0000  PID  Peripheral  Identification  and  Revision  Information  Register 
0x020E  00E4  RSTYPE  Reset  Type  Register 
0x020E  0100  PLLCTL  PLL  Controller  1  Operations  Control  Register 
0x020E  0110  PLLM  PLL  Controller  1  Multiplier  Control  Register 
0x020E  0114  PREDIV  PLL  Pre-Divider  Control  Register 
0x020E  011C  PLLDIV2  PLL  Controller  1  Control-Divider  2  Register  (SYSCLK2) 
0x020E  0138  PLLCMD  PLL  Controller  1  Command  Register 
0x020E  013C  PLLSTAT  PLL  Controller  1  Status  Register  (Shows  PLLC1  Status) 
0x020E  0140  ALNCTL  PLL  Controller  Clock  Align  Control  Register 
0x020E  0144  DCHANGE  PLLDIV  Ratio  Change  Status  Register 
0x020E  0150  SYSTAT  PLL  Controller  1  System  Clock  Status  1  Register  (Indicates  SYSCLK  on/off
0x020E  0160  PLLDIV4  PLL  Controller  1  Control-Divider  4  Register  (SYSCLK4)
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Status)
6.5  PLL2  and  PLL2  Controller 
The  secondary  PLL  controller  generates  interface  clocks  for  the  DDR2  memory  controller. 
As  shown  in  Figure  6-7   , the  PLL2  controller  features  a  PLL  multiplier  controller.  The  PLL  multiplier  is  fixed
to  a  x20  multiplier  rate.  PLL2  power  is  supplied  externally  via  the  PLL2  power  supply  (PLLV2).  An  external 
PLL  filter  circuit  must  be  added  to  PLLV2  as  shown  in  Figure  6-7   . The  1.8-V  supply  for  the  EMI  filter  must 
be  from  the  same  1.8-V  power  plane  supplying  the  I/O  power-supply  pin,  DVDD18.  TI  requires  EMI  filter 
manufacturer  Murata,  part  number  NFM18CC222R1C3.
Figure  6-7.  PLL  Controller
All  PLL  external  components  (C161,  C162,  and  the  EMI  Filter)  should  be  placed  as  close  to  the  C64x+
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Peripheral  Information   and   Electrical   Specifications   67 
 
Page 68
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
DSP  device  as  possible.  For  the  best  performance,  TI  requires  that  all  the  PLL  external  components  be  on 
a  single  side  of  the  board  without  jumpers,  switches,  or  components  other  than  the  ones  shown.  For 
reduced  PLL  jitter,  maximize  the  spacing  between  switching  signals  and  the  PLL  external  components 
(C161,  C162,  and  the  EMI  Filter).  The  minimum  CLKIN2  rise  and  fall  times  should  also  be  observed.  For 
the  input  clock  timing  requirements,  see  Section  6.5.3   , PLL2  Controller  Input  Clock  Electrical  Data/Timing.
6.5.1  PLL2  Controller  Device-Specific  Information 
As  shown  in  Figure  6-7   , the  output  of  PLL2,  PLLOUT,  is  directly  fed  to  the  DDR2  memory  controller.  This 
clock  is  used  by  the  DDR2  memory  controller  to  generate  DDR2CLKOUT  and  DDR2CLKOUTz.  Note  that, 
internally,  the  data  bus  interface  of  the  DDR2  memory  controller  is  clocked  by  SYSCLK1  of  the  PLL1 
controller.
Note  that  there  is  a  minimum  and  maximum  operating  frequency  for  PLLREF,  and  PLLOUT.  The  clock 
generator  must  not  be  configured  to  exceed  any  of  these  constraints.  For  the  PLL  clocks  input  and  output 
frequency  ranges,  see  Table  6-10   .
CLOCK  SIGNAL  REQUIRED  FREQUENCY  UNIT
PLLREF  (CLKIN2  )  26.6  MHz
PLLOUT  (DDR2  clock)  533  MHz
Table  6-10.  PLL2  Clock  Frequency  Ranges
6.5.2  PLL2  Controller  Operating  Modes 
Unlike  the  PLL1  controller  that  can  operate  in  bypass  and  a  PLL  mode,  the  PLL2  controller  only  operates 
in  PLL  mode.  PLL2  isunlocked  only  during  the  power-up  sequence  (see  Section  6.7   ) and  is  locked  by  the 
time  the  RESETSTAT  pin  goes  high.  It  does  not  lose  lock  during  any  of  the  other  resets.
6.5.3  PLL2  Controller  Input  Clock  Electrical  Data/Timing 
Table  6-11.  Timing  Requirements  for  CLKIN2
NO.  UNIT
1  t
c(CLKIN2)
2  t
w(CLKIN2H)
3  t
w(CLKIN2L)
4  t
t(CLKIN2)
5  t
J(CLKIN2)
(1)  The  reference  points  for  the  rise  and  fall  transitions  are  measured  at  3.3-V  VILMAX  and  VIHMIN. 
(2)  C  =  CLKIN2  cycle  time  in  ns.  For  example,  when  CLKIN2  frequency  is  25  MHz,  use  C  =  40  ns.
(1)  (2)
(see  Figure  6-8   )
-720
-900
PLL  MODES  x20
MIN  MAX
Cycle  time,  CLKIN2  37.5  37.5  ns 
Pulse  duration,  CLKIN2  high  0.4C  ns 
Pulse  duration,  CLKIN2  low  0.4C  ns 
Transition  time,  CLKIN2  1.2  ns 
Period  jitter,  (peak-to-peak)  CLKIN2  100  ps
Figure  6-8.  CLKIN2  Timing
68  Peripheral  Information  and  Electrical  Specifications  Submit  Documentation  Feedback  
 
Page 69
6.5.4  PLL1  Controller  Register  Description(s) 
A  summary  of  the  PLL2  controller  registers  is  shown  in  Table  6-12   .
Table  6-12.  PLL2  and  Reset  Controller  Registers  Memory  Map
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  REGISTER  NAME  DESCRIPTION
0x0212  0000  PID  Peripheral  Identification  and  Revision  Information  Register 
0x0212  0100  PLLCTL  PLL  Controller  1  Operations  Control  Register 
0x0212  0110  PLLM  PLL  Controller  1  Multiplier  Control  Register 
0x0212  0138  PLLCMD  PLL  Controller  1  Command  Register 
0x0212  013C  PLLSTAT  PLL  Controller  1  Status  Register  (Shows  PLLC1  Status)
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Peripheral  Information   and   Electrical   Specifications   69 
 
Page 70
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
6.6  Enhanced  Direct  Memory  Access  (EDMA3)  Controller 
The  EDMA  controller  handles  all  data  transfers  between  memories  and  the  device  slave  peripherals  on 
the  DM648  device.  These  data  transfers  include  cache  servicing,  non-cacheable  memory  accesses, 
user-programmed  data  transfers,  and  host  accesses.  These  are  summarized  as  follows:
•   Transfer  to/from   on-chip   memories  
–  DSP  L1D  memory 
–  DSP  L2  memory
•   Transfer  to/from   external   storage  
–  DDR2  SDRAM 
–  Synchronous/Asynchronous  EMIF  (EMIFA)
•   Transfer  to/from   peripherals/hosts  
–  VLYNQ 
–  HPI 
–  McASP 
–  UART 
–  Video  Port  0/1/2/3/4 
–  Timer  0/1/2/3 
–  SPI 
–  I2C
6.6.1  EDMA3  Channel  Synchronization  Events 
The  EDMA  supports  up  to  64  EDMA  channels  which  service  peripheral  devices  and  external  memory.
Table  6-13  lists  the  source  of  EDMA  synchronization  events  associated  with  each  of  the  programmable 
EDMA  channels.  For  the  DM648  device,  the  association  of  an  event  to  a  channel  is  fixed;  each  of  the 
EDMA  channels  has  one  specific  event  associated  with  it.  These  specific  events  are  captured  in  the 
EDMA  event  registers  (ER,  ERH)  even  if  the  events  are  disabled  by  the  EDMA  event  enable  registers 
(EER,  EERH).  For  more  detailed  information  on  the  EDMA  module  and  how  EDMA  events  are  enabled, 
captured,  processed,  linked,  chained,  and  cleared,  etc.,  see  the  TMS320DM647/DM648  DSP  Enhanced  
DMA   (EDMA)   Controller   User's   Guide   (literature  number   SPRUEL2   ).
TPCC  DEFAULT  BINARY  DEFAULT  EVENT  TPCC  DEFAULT  BINARY  DEFAULT  EVENT
CHANN  EVENT#  CHANNEL  EVENT  #
EL
0  0  000  0000  HPI/PCI  : DSPINT  32  32  010  0000  VP2EVTYA 
1  1  000  0001  TIMER0  : TINT0L  33  33  010  0001  VP2EVTUA 
2  2  000  0010  TIMER0  : TINT0H  34  34  010  0010  VP2EVTVA 
3  3  000  0011  TIMER2  : TINT2L  35  35  010  0011  VP2EVTYB 
4  4  000  0100  TIMER2  : TINT2H  36  36  010  0100  VP2EVTUB 
5  5  000  0101  TIMER3  : TINT3L  37  37  010  0101  VP2EVTVB 
6  6  000  0110  TIMER3  : TINT3H  38  38  010  0110  VP3EVTYA 
7  7  000  0111  IMCOP:  IMXINT  39  39  010  0111  VP3EVTUA 
8  8  000  1000  IMCOP:  VLCDINT  40  40  010  1000  VP3EVTVA
9  9  000  1001  IMCOP:  DSQINT  41  41  010  1001  VP3EVTYB 
10  10  000  1010  McASP:  AXEVTE  42  42  010  1010  VP3EVTUB 
11  11  000  1011  McASP:  AXEVTO  43  43  010  1011  VP3EVTVB 
12  12  000  1100  McASP:  AXEVT  44  44  010  1100  ICREVT 
13  13  000  1101  McASP:  AREVTE  45  45  010  1101  ICXEVT 
14  14  000  1110  McASP:  AREVTO  46  46  010  1110  SPI:  SPIXEVT
Table  6-13.  EDMA  Channel  Synchronization  Events
Peripheral  Information  and  Electrical  Specifications70  Submit  Documentation  Feedback 
 
Page 71
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
Table  6-13.  EDMA  Channel  Synchronization  Events  (continued)
TPCC  DEFAULT  BINARY  DEFAULT  EVENT  TPCC  DEFAULT  BINARY  DEFAULT  EVENT
CHANN  EVENT#  CHANNEL  EVENT  #
EL
15  15  000  1111  McASP:  AREVT  47  47  010  1111  SPI:  SPIREVT 
16  16  001  0000  TIMER1  : TINT1L  48  48  011  0000  VP4EVTYA 
17  17  001  0001  TIMER1  : TINT1H  49  49  011  0001  VP4EVTUA 
18  18  001  0010  UART:  URXEVT  50  50  011  0010  VP4EVTVA 
19  19  001  0011  UART:  UTXEVT  51  51  011  0011  VP4EVTYB 
20  20  001  0100  VP0EVTYA  52  52  011  0100  VP4EVTUB 
21  21  001  0101  VP0EVTUA  53  53  011  0101  VP4EVTVB 
22  22  001  0110  VP0EVTVA  54  54  011  0110  GPIO  : GPINT6 
23  23  001  0111  VP0EVTYB  55  55  011  0111  GPIO  : GPINT7 
24  24  001  1000  VP0EVTUB  56  56  011  1000  GPIO  : GPINT8 
25  25  001  1001  VP0EVTVB  57  57  011  1001  GPIO  : GPINT9 
26  26  001  1010  VP1EVTYA  58  58  011  1010  GPIO  : GPINT10 
27  27  001  1011  VP1EVTUA  59  59  011  1011  GPIO  : GPINT11 
28  28  001  1100  VP1EVTVA  60  60  011  1100  GPIO  : GPINT12 
29  29  001  1101  VP1EVTYB  61  61  011  1101  GPIO  : GPINT13 
30  30  001  1110  VP1EVTUB  62  62  011  1110  GPIO  : GPINT14 
31  31  001  1111  VP1EVTVB  63  63  011  1111  GPIO  : GPINT15
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
6.6.2  EDMA  Peripheral  Register  Description(s) 
Table  6-14  lists  the  EDMA  registers,  their  corresponding  acronyms,  and  DM648  device  memory  locations. 
Table  6-14.  DM647/DM648  EDMA  Channel  Controller  Registers
HEX  ADDRESS  ACRONYM  REGISTER  NAME
0x02A0  0000  PID  Peripheral  ID  Register 
0x02A0  0004  CCCFG  EDMA3CC  Configuration  Register
0x02A0  0008  - 0x02A0  00FC  Reserved
0x02A0  0100  DCHMAP0  DMA  Channel  0  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0104  DCHMAP1  DMA  Channel  1  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0108  DCHMAP2  DMA  Channel  2  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  010C  DCHMAP3  DMA  Channel  3  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0110  DCHMAP4  DMA  Channel  4  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0114  DCHMAP5  DMA  Channel  5  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0118  DCHMAP6  DMA  Channel  6  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  011C  DCHMAP7  DMA  Channel  7  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0120  DCHMAP8  DMA  Channel  8  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0124  DCHMAP9  DMA  Channel  9  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0128  DCHMAP10  DMA  Channel  10  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  012C  DCHMAP11  DMA  Channel  11  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0130  DCHMAP12  DMA  Channel  12  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0134  DCHMAP13  DMA  Channel  13  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0138  DCHMAP14  DMA  Channel  14  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  013C  DCHMAP15  DMA  Channel  15  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0140  DCHMAP16  DMA  Channel  16  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0144  DCHMAP17  DMA  Channel  17  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0148  DCHMAP18  DMA  Channel  18  Mapping  Register
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Peripheral  Information   and   Electrical   Specifications   71 
 
Page 72
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  6-14.  DM647/DM648  EDMA  Channel  Controller  Registers  (continued)
HEX  ADDRESS  ACRONYM  REGISTER  NAME
0x02A0  014C  DCHMAP19  DMA  Channel  19  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0150  DCHMAP20  DMA  Channel  20  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0154  DCHMAP21  DMA  Channel  21  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0158  DCHMAP22  DMA  Channel  22  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  015C  DCHMAP23  DMA  Channel  23  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0160  DCHMAP24  DMA  Channel  24  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0164  DCHMAP25  DMA  Channel  25  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0168  DCHMAP26  DMA  Channel  26  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  016C  DCHMAP27  DMA  Channel  27  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0170  DCHMAP28  DMA  Channel  28  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0174  DCHMAP29  DMA  Channel  29  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0178  DCHMAP30  DMA  Channel  30  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  017C  DCHMAP31  DMA  Channel  31  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0180  DCHMAP32  DMA  Channel  32  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0184  DCHMAP33  DMA  Channel  33  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0188  DCHMAP34  DMA  Channel  34  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  018C  DCHMAP35  DMA  Channel  35  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0190  DCHMAP36  DMA  Channel  36  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0194  DCHMAP37  DMA  Channel  37  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  0198  DCHMAP38  DMA  Channel  38  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  019C  DCHMAP39  DMA  Channel  39  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  01A0  DCHMAP40  DMA  Channel  40  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  01A4  DCHMAP41  DMA  Channel  41  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  01A8  DCHMAP42  DMA  Channel  42  Mapping  Register
0x02A0  01AC  DCHMAP43  DMA  Channel  43  Mapping  Register
0x02A0  01B0  DCHMAP44  DMA  Channel  44  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  01B4  DCHMAP45  DMA  Channel  45  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  01B8  DCHMAP46  DMA  Channel  46  Mapping  Register
0x02A0  01BC  DCHMAP47  DMA  Channel  47  Mapping  Register
0x02A0  01C0  DCHMAP48  DMA  Channel  48  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  01C4  DCHMAP49  DMA  Channel  49  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  01C8  DCHMAP50  DMA  Channel  50  Mapping  Register
0x02A0  01CC  DCHMAP51  DMA  Channel  51  Mapping  Register
0x02A0  01D0  DCHMAP52  DMA  Channel  52  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  01D4  DCHMAP53  DMA  Channel  53  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  01D8  DCHMAP54  DMA  Channel  54  Mapping  Register
0x02A0  01DC  DCHMAP55  DMA  Channel  55  Mapping  Register
0x02A0  01E0  DCHMAP56  DMA  Channel  56  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  01E4  DCHMAP57  DMA  Channel  57  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  01E8  DCHMAP58  DMA  Channel  58  Mapping  Register
0x02A0  01EC  DCHMAP59  DMA  Channel  59  Mapping  Register
0x02A0  01F0  DCHMAP60  DMA  Channel  60  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  01F4  DCHMAP61  DMA  Channel  61  Mapping  Register 
0x02A0  01F8  DCHMAP62  DMA  Channel  62  Mapping  Register
0x02A0  01FC  DCHMAP63  DMA  Channel  63  Mapping  Register
0x02A0  0200  QCHMAP0  QDMA  Channel  0  Mapping  to  PaRAM  Register 
0x02A0  0204  QCHMAP1  QDMA  Channel  1  Mapping  to  PaRAM  Register
Peripheral   Information   and   Electrical   Specifications  72  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 73
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Table  6-14.  DM647/DM648  EDMA  Channel  Controller  Registers  (continued)
HEX  ADDRESS  ACRONYM  REGISTER  NAME
0x02A0  0208  QCHMAP2  QDMA  Channel  2  Mapping  to  PaRAM  Register 
0x02A0  020C  QCHMAP3  QDMA  Channel  3  Mapping  to  PaRAM  Register 
0x02A0  0210  QCHMAP4  QDMA  Channel  4  Mapping  to  PaRAM  Register 
0x02A0  0214  QCHMAP5  QDMA  Channel  5  Mapping  to  PaRAM  Register 
0x02A0  0218  QCHMAP6  QDMA  Channel  6  Mapping  to  PaRAM  Register
0x02A0  021C  QCHMAP7  QDMA  Channel  7  Mapping  to  PaRAM  Register 
0x02A0  0220  - 0x02A0  021C  -  Reserved 
0x02A0  0220  - 0x02A0  023C  -  Reserved
0x02A0  0240  DMAQNUM0  DMA  Queue  Number  Register  0  (Channels  00  to  07)
0x02A0  0244  DMAQNUM1  DMA  Queue  Number  Register  1  (Channels  08  to  15)
0x02A0  0248  DMAQNUM2  DMA  Queue  Number  Register  2  (Channels  16  to  23)
0x02A0  024C  DMAQNUM3  DMA  Queue  Number  Register  3  (Channels  24  to  31) 
0x02A0  0250  - 0x02A0  025C  -  Reserved
0x02A0  0260  QDMAQNUM  CC  QDMA  Queue  Number 
0x02A0  0264  - 0x02A0  0280  –  Reserved
0x02A0  0284  QUEPRI  Queue  Priority  Register 
0x02A0  0288  - 0x02A0  02FC  –  Reserved
0x02A0  0300  EMR  Event  Missed  Register
0x02A0  0304  EMRH  Event  Missed  Register  High
0x02A0  0308  EMCR  Event  Missed  Clear  Register
0x02A0  030C  EMCRH  Event  Missed  Clear  Register  High
0x02A0  0310  QEMR  QDMA  Event  Missed  Register
0x02A0  0314  QEMCR  QDMA  Event  Missed  Clear  Register
0x02A0  0318  CCERR  EDMA3CC  Error  Register
0x02A0  031C  CCERRCLR  EDMA3CC  Error  Clear  Register
0x02A0  0320  EEVAL  Error  Evaluate  Register 
0x02A0  0324  - 0x02A0  033C  -  Reserved
0x02A0  0340  DRAE0  DMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  for  Region  0
0x02A0  0344  DRAEH0  DMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  High  for  Region  0
0x02A0  0348  DRAE1  DMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  for  Region  1
0x02A0  034C  DRAEH1  DMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  High  for  Region  1
0x02A0  0350  DRAE2  DMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  for  Region  2
0x02A0  0354  DRAEH2  DMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  High  for  Region  2
0x02A0  0358  DRAE3  DMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  for  Region  3
0x02A0  035C  DRAEH3  DMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  High  for  Region  3
0x02A0  0360  DRAE4  DMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  for  Region  4
0x02A0  0364  DRAEH4  DMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  High  for  Region  4
0x02A0  0368  DRAE5  DMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  for  Region  5
0x02A0  036C  DRAEH5  DMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  High  for  Region  5
0x02A0  0370  DRAE6  DMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  for  Region  6
0x02A0  0374  DRAEH6  DMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  High  for  Region  6
0x02A0  0378  DRAE7  DMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  for  Region  7
0x02A0  037C  DRAEH7  DMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  High  for  Region  7
0x02A0  0380  QRAE0  QDMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  for  Region  0
0x02A0  0384  QRAE1  QDMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  for  Region  1
0x02A0  0388  QRAE2  QDMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  for  Region  2
0x02A0  038C  QRAE3  QDMA  Region  Access  Enable  Register  for  Region  3
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Peripheral  Information   and   Electrical   Specifications   73 
 
Page 74
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  6-14.  DM647/DM648  EDMA  Channel  Controller  Registers  (continued)
HEX  ADDRESS  ACRONYM  REGISTER  NAME
0x02A0  0390  - 0x02A0  039C  –  Reserved
0x02A0  0400  Q0E0  Event  Queue  0  Entry  Register  0
0x02A0  0404  Q0E1  Event  Queue  0  Entry  Register  1
0x02A0  0408  Q0E2  Event  Queue  0  Entry  Register  2
0x02A0  040C  Q0E3  Event  Queue  0  Entry  Register  3
0x02A0  0410  Q0E4  Event  Queue  0  Entry  Register  4
0x02A0  0414  Q0E5  Event  Queue  0  Entry  Register  5
0x02A0  0418  Q0E6  Event  Queue  0  Entry  Register  6
0x02A0  041C  Q0E7  Event  Queue  0  Entry  Register  7
0x02A0  0420  Q0E8  Event  Queue  0  Entry  Register  8
0x02A0  0424  Q0E9  Event  Queue  0  Entry  Register  9
0x02A0  0428  Q0E10  Event  Queue  0  Entry  Register  10
0x02A0  042C  Q0E11  Event  Queue  0  Entry  Register  11
0x02A0  0430  Q0E12  Event  Queue  0  Entry  Register  12
0x02A0  0434  Q0E13  Event  Queue  0  Entry  Register  13
0x02A0  0438  Q0E14  Event  Queue  0  Entry  Register  14
0x02A0  043C  Q0E15  Event  Queue  0  Entry  Register  15
0x02A0  0440  Q1E0  Event  Queue  1  Entry  Register  0
0x02A0  0444  Q1E1  Event  Queue  1  Entry  Register  1
0x02A0  0448  Q1E2  Event  Queue  1  Entry  Register  2
0x02A0  044C  Q1E3  Event  Queue  1  Entry  Register  3
0x02A0  0450  Q1E4  Event  Queue  1  Entry  Register  4
0x02A0  0454  Q1E5  Event  Queue  1  Entry  Register  5
0x02A0  0458  Q1E6  Event  Queue  1  Entry  Register  6
0x02A0  045C  Q1E7  Event  Queue  1  Entry  Register  7
0x02A0  0460  Q1E8  Event  Queue  1  Entry  Register  8
0x02A0  0464  Q1E9  Event  Queue  1  Entry  Register  9
0x02A0  0468  Q1E10  Event  Queue  1  Entry  Register  10
0x02A0  046C  Q1E11  Event  Queue  1  Entry  Register  11
0x02A0  0470  Q1E12  Event  Queue  1  Entry  Register  12
0x02A0  0474  Q1E13  Event  Queue  1  Entry  Register  13
0x02A0  0478  Q1E14  Event  Queue  1  Entry  Register  14
0x02A0  047C  Q1E15  Event  Queue  1  Entry  Register  15
0x02A0  0480  Q2E0  Event  Queue  2  Entry  Register  0
0x02A0  0484  Q2E1  Event  Queue  2  Entry  Register  1
0x02A0  0488  Q2E2  Event  Queue  2  Entry  Register  2
0x02A0  048C  Q2E3  Event  Queue  2  Entry  Register  3
0x02A0  0490  Q2E4  Event  Queue  2  Entry  Register  4
0x02A0  0494  Q2E5  Event  Queue  2  Entry  Register  5
0x02A0  0498  Q2E6  Event  Queue  2  Entry  Register  6
0x02A0  049C  Q2E7  Event  Queue  2  Entry  Register  7
0x02A0  04A0  Q2E8  Event  Queue  2  Entry  Register  8
0x02A0  04A4  Q2E9  Event  Queue  2  Entry  Register  9
0x02A0  04A8  Q2E10  Event  Queue  2  Entry  Register  10
0x02A0  04AC  Q2E11  Event  Queue  2  Entry  Register  11
0x02A0  04B0  Q2E12  Event  Queue  2  Entry  Register  12
0x02A0  04B4  Q2E13  Event  Queue  2  Entry  Register  13
Peripheral   Information   and   Electrical   Specifications  74  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 75
Table  6-14.  DM647/DM648  EDMA  Channel  Controller  Registers  (continued)
HEX  ADDRESS  ACRONYM  REGISTER  NAME
0x02A0  04B8  Q2E14  Event  Queue  2  Entry  Register  14
0x02A0  04BC  Q2E15  Event  Queue  2  Entry  Register  15
0x02A0  04C0  Q3E0  Event  Queue  3  Entry  Register  0
0x02A0  04C4  Q3E1  Event  Queue  3  Entry  Register  1
0x02A0  04C8  Q3E2  Event  Queue  3  Entry  Register  2
0x02A0  04CC  Q3E3  Event  Queue  3  Entry  Register  3
0x02A0  04D0  Q3E4  Event  Queue  3  Entry  Register  4
0x02A0  04D4  Q3E5  Event  Queue  3  Entry  Register  5
0x02A0  04D8  Q3E6  Event  Queue  3  Entry  Register  6
0x02A0  04DC  Q3E7  Event  Queue  3  Entry  Register  7
0x02A0  04E0  Q3E8  Event  Queue  3  Entry  Register  8
0x02A0  04E4  Q3E9  Event  Queue  3  Entry  Register  9
0x02A0  04E8  Q3E10  Event  Queue  3  Entry  Register  10
0x02A0  04EC  Q3E11  Event  Queue  3  Entry  Register  11
0x02A0  04F0  Q3E12  Event  Queue  3  Entry  Register  12
0x02A0  04F4  Q3E13  Event  Queue  3  Entry  Register  13
0x02A0  04F8  Q3E14  Event  Queue  3  Entry  Register  14
0x02A0  04FC  Q3E15  Event  Queue  3  Entry  Register  15 
0x02A0  0500  - 0x02A0  051C  -  Reserved 
0x02A0  0520  - 0x02A0  05FC  -  Reserved
0x02A0  0600  QSTAT0  Queue  0  Status  Register 
0x02A0  0604  QSTAT1  Queue  1  Status  Register 
0x02A0  0608  QSTAT2  Queue  Status  Register  2 
0x02A0  060C  QSTAT3  Queue  Status  Register  3
0x02A0  0610  - 0x02A0  061C  -  Reserved
0x02A0  0620  QWMTHRA  Queue  Watermark  Threshold  A  Register  for  Q[3:0] 
0x02A0  0624  –  Reserved
0x02A0  0640  CCSTAT  EDMA3CC  Status  Register 
0x02A0  0644  - 0x02A0  06FC  -  Reserved 
0x02A0  0700  - 0x02A0  0FFC  -  Reserved
0x02A0  1000  ER  Event  Register
0x02A0  1004  ERH  Event  Register  High
0x02A0  1008  ECR  Event  Clear  Register
0x02A0  100C  ECRH  Event  Clear  Register  High
0x02A0  1010  ESR  Event  Set  Register
0x02A0  1014  ESRH  Event  Set  Register  High
0x02A0  1018  CER  Chained  Event  Register
0x02A0  101C  CERH  Chained  Event  Register  High
0x02A0  1020  EER  Event  Enable  Register
0x02A0  1024  EERH  Event  Enable  Register  High
0x02A0  1028  EECR  Event  Enable  Clear  Register
0x02A0  102C  EECRH  Event  Enable  Clear  Register  High
0x02A0  1030  EESR  Event  Enable  Set  Register
0x02A0  1034  EESRH  Event  Enable  Set  Register  High
0x02A0  1038  SER  Secondary  Event  Register
0x02A0  103C  SERH  Secondary  Event  Register  High
0x02A0  1040  SECR  Secondary  Event  Clear  Register
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Peripheral  Information   and   Electrical   Specifications   75 
 
Page 76
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  6-14.  DM647/DM648  EDMA  Channel  Controller  Registers  (continued)
HEX  ADDRESS  ACRONYM  REGISTER  NAME
0x02A0  1044  SECRH  Secondary  Event  Clear  Register  High 
0x02A0  1048  - 0x02A0  104C  Reserved
0x02A0  1050  IER  Interrupt  Enable  Register
0x02A0  1054  IERH  Interrupt  Enable  Register  High
0x02A0  1058  IECR  Interrupt  Enable  Clear  Register
0x02A0  105C  IECRH  Interrupt  Enable  Clear  Register  High
0x02A0  1060  IESR  Interrupt  Enable  Set  Register
0x02A0  1064  IESRH  Interrupt  Enable  Set  Register  High
0x02A0  1068  IPR  Interrupt  Pending  Register
0x02A0  106C  IPRH  Interrupt  Pending  Register  High
0x02A0  1070  ICR  Interrupt  Clear  Register
0x02A0  1074  ICRH  Interrupt  Clear  Register  High
0x02A0  1078  IEVAL  Interrupt  Evaluate  Register
0x02A0  107C  -  Reserved
0x02A0  1080  QER  QDMA  Event  Register
0x02A0  1084  QEER  QDMA  Event  Enable  Register
0x02A0  1088  QEECR  QDMA  Event  Enable  Clear  Register
0x02A0  108C  QEESR  QDMA  Event  Enable  Set  Register
0x02A0  1090  QSER  QDMA  Secondary  Event  Register
0x02A0  1094  QSECR  QDMA  Secondary  Event  Clear  Register 
0x02A0  1098  - 0x02A0  1FFF  -  Reserved
0x02A0  2000-  0x02A0  2097  -  Shadow  Region  0  Channel  Registers 
0x02A0  2098  - 0x02A0  21FF  -  Reserved 
0x02A0  2200  - 0x02A0  2297  -  Shadow  Region  1  Channel  Registers 
0x02A0  2298  - 0x02A0  23FF  -  Reserved 
0x02A0  2400  - 0x02A0  2497  -  Shadow  Region  2  Channel  Registers 
0x02A0  2498  - 0x02A0  25FF  -  Reserved 
0x02A0  2600  - 0x02A0  2697  -  Shadow  Region  3  Channel  Registers 
0x02A0  2698  - 0x02A0  27FF  -  Reserved 
0x02A0  2800  - 0x02A0  2897  -  Shadow  Region  4  Channel  Registers 
0x02A0  2898  - 0x02A0  29FF  -  Reserved 
0x02A0  2A00  - 0x02A0  2A97  -  Shadow  Region  5  Channel  Registers
0x02A0  2A98  - 0x02A0  2BFF  -  Reserved 
0x02A0  2C00  - 0x02A0  2C97  -  Shadow  Region  6  Channel  Registers 
0x02A0  2C98  - 0x02A0  2DFF  -  Reserved
0x02A0  2E00  - 0x02A0  2E97  -  Shadow  Region  7  Channel  Registers 
0x02A0  2E98  - 0x02A0  2FFF  -  Reserved
Table  6-15  shows  an  abbreviation  of  the  set  of  registers  which  make  up  the  parameter  set  for  each  of  128 
EDMA  events.  Each  of  the  parameter  register  sets  consist  of  eight  32-bit  word  entries.  Table  6-16   shows 
the  parameter  set  entry  registers  with  relative  memory  address  locations  within  each  of  the  parameter 
sets.
Peripheral   Information   and   Electrical   Specifications  76  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 77
Table  6-15.  EDMA  Parameter  Set  RAM
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  DESCRIPTION
0x02A0  4000  - 0x02A0  401F  Parameters  Set  0  (8  32-bit  words) 
0x02A0  4020  - 0x02A0  403F  Parameters  Set  1  (8  32-bit  words) 
0x02A0  4040  - 0x02A0  405F  Parameters  Set  2  (8  32-bit  words) 
0x02A0  4060  - 0x02A0  407F  Parameters  Set  3  (8  32-bit  words) 
0x02A0  4080  - 0x02A0  409F  Parameters  Set  4  (8  32-bit  words)
0x02A0  40A0  - 0x02A0  40BF  Parameters  Set  5  (8  32-bit  words)
...  ...
0x02A0  4FC0  - 0x02A0  4FDF  Parameters  Set  126  (8  32-bit  words)
0x02A0  4FE0  - 0x02A0  4FFF  Parameters  Set  127  (8  32-bit  words)
...  ...
0x02A0  5FC0  - 0x02A0  5FDF  Parameters  Set  254  (8  32-bit  words)
0x02A0  5FE0  - 0x02A0  5FFF  Parameters  Set  255  (8  32-bit  words)
...  ...
0x02A0  7FC0  - 0x02A0  7FDF  Parameters  Set  510  (8  32-bit  words)
0x02A0  7FE0  - 0x02A0  7FFF  Parameters  Set  511  (8  32-bit  words)
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  6-16.  Parameter  Set  Entries
HEX  OFFSET  ADDRESS
WITHIN  THE  PARAMETER  SET
0x0000  OPT  Option 
0x0004  SRC  Source  Address 
0x0008  A_B_CNT  A  Count,  B  Count
0x000C  DST  Destination  Address
0x0010  SRC_DST_BIDX  Source  B  Index,  Destination  B  Index 
0x0014  LINK_BCNTRLD  Link  Address,  B  Count  Reload 
0x0018  SRC_DST_CIDX  Source  C  Index,  Destination  C  Index
0x001C  CCNT  C  Count
Table  6-17.  EDMA3  Transfer  Controller  0  Registers
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  ACRONYM  REGISTER  NAME
02A2  0000  PID  Peripheral  Identification  Register 
02A2  0004  TCCFG  EDMA3TC  Configuration  Register
02A2  0008  - 02A2  00FC  -  Reserved
02A2  0100  TCSTAT  EDMA3TC  Channel  Status  Register
02A2  0104  - 02A2  011C  -  Reserved
02A2  0120  ERRSTAT  Error  Register 
02A2  0124  ERREN  Error  Enable  Register 
02A2  0128  ERRCLR  Error  Clear  Register
02A2  012C  ERRDET  Error  Details  Register
02A2  0130  ERRCMD  Error  Interrupt  Command  Register
02A2  0134  - 02A2  013C  -  Reserved
02A2  0140  RDRATE  Read  Rate  Register
02A2  0144  - 02A2  023C  -  Reserved
02A2  0240  SAOPT  Source  Active  Options  Register 
02A2  0244  SASRC  Source  Active  Source  Address  Register
ACRONYM  PARAMETER  ENTRY
Submit  Documentation  Feedback  Peripheral  Information  and  Electrical  Specifications  77  
 
Page 78
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  6-17.  EDMA3  Transfer  Controller  0  Registers  (continued)
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  ACRONYM  REGISTER  NAME
02A2  0248  SACNT  Source  Active  Count  Register
02A2  024C  SADST  Source  Active  Destination  Address  Register
02A2  0250  SABIDX  Source  Active  Source  B-Index  Register 
02A2  0254  SAMPPRXY  Source  Active  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register 
02A2  0258  SACNTRLD  Source  Active  Count  Reload  Register
02A2  025C  SASRCBREF  Source  Active  Source  Address  B-Reference  Register
02A2  0260  SADSTBREF  Source  Active  Destination  Address  B-Reference  Register
02A2  0264  - 02A2  027C  -  Reserved
02A2  0280  DFCNTRLD  Destination  FIFO  Set  Count  Reload 
02A2  0284  DFSRCBREF  Destination  FIFO  Set  Destination  Address  B  Reference  Register 
02A2  0288  DFDSTBREF  Destination  FIFO  Set  Destination  Address  B  Reference  Register
02A2  028C  - 02A2  02FC  -  Reserved
02A2  0300  DFOPT0  Destination  FIFO  Options  Register  0 
02A2  0304  DFSRC0  Destination  FIFO  Source  Address  Register  0 
02A2  0308  DFCNT0  Destination  FIFO  Count  Register  0
02A2  030C  DFDST0  Destination  FIFO  Destination  Address  Register  0
02A2  0310  DFBIDX0  Destination  FIFO  BIDX  Register  0 
02A2  0314  DFMPPRXY0  Destination  FIFO  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register  0
02A2  0318  - 02A2  033C  -  Reserved
02A2  0340  DFOPT1  Destination  FIFO  Options  Register  1 
02A2  0344  DFSRC1  Destination  FIFO  Source  Address  Register  1 
02A2  0348  DFCNT1  Destination  FIFO  Count  Register  1
02A2  034C  DFDST1  Destination  FIFO  Destination  Address  Register  1
02A2  0350  DFBIDX1  Destination  FIFO  BIDX  Register  1 
02A2  0354  DFMPPRXY1  Destination  FIFO  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register  1
02A2  0358  - 02A2  037C  -  Reserved
02A2  0380  DFOPT2  Destination  FIFO  Options  Register  2 
02A2  0384  DFSRC2  Destination  FIFO  Source  Address  Register  2 
02A2  0388  DFCNT2  Destination  FIFO  Count  Register  2
02A2  038C  DFDST2  Destination  FIFO  Destination  Address  Register  2
02A2  0390  DFBIDX2  Destination  FIFO  BIDX  Register  2 
02A2  0394  DFMPPRXY2  Destination  FIFO  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register  2
02A2  0398  - 02A2  03BC  -  Reserved
02A2  03C0  DFOPT3  Destination  FIFO  Options  Register  3 
02A2  03C4  DFSRC3  Destination  FIFO  Source  Address  Register  3 
02A2  03C8  DFCNT3  Destination  FIFO  Count  Register  3 
02A2  03CC  DFDST3  Destination  FIFO  Destination  Address  Register  3 
02A2  03D0  DFBIDX3  Destination  FIFO  BIDX  Register  3 
02A2  03D4  DFMPPRXY3  Destination  FIFO  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register  3
02A2  03D8  - 02A2  7FFF  -  Reserved
Table  6-18.  EDMA3  Transfer  Controller  1  Registers
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  ACRONYM  REGISTER  NAME
02A2  8000  PID  Peripheral  Identification  Register 
02A2  8004  TCCFG  EDMA3TC  Configuration  Register
02A2  8008  - 02A2  80FC  -  Reserved
Peripheral   Information   and   Electrical   Specifications  78  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 79
Table  6-18.  EDMA3  Transfer  Controller  1  Registers  (continued)
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  ACRONYM  REGISTER  NAME
02A2  8100  TCSTAT  EDMA3TC  Channel  Status  Register
02A2  8104  - 02A2  811C  -  Reserved
02A2  8120  ERRSTAT  Error  Register 
02A2  8124  ERREN  Error  Enable  Register 
02A2  8128  ERRCLR  Error  Clear  Register
02A2  812C  ERRDET  Error  Details  Register
02A2  8130  ERRCMD  Error  Interrupt  Command  Register
02A2  8134  - 02A2  813C  -  Reserved
02A2  8140  RDRATE  Read  Rate  Register
02A2  8144  - 02A2  823C  -  Reserved
02A2  8240  SAOPT  Source  Active  Options  Register 
02A2  8244  SASRC  Source  Active  Source  Address  Register 
02A2  8248  SACNT  Source  Active  Count  Register
02A2  824C  SADST  Source  Active  Destination  Address  Register
02A2  8250  SABIDX  Source  Active  Source  B-Index  Register 
02A2  8254  SAMPPRXY  Source  Active  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register 
02A2  8258  SACNTRLD  Source  Active  Count  Reload  Register
02A2  825C  SASRCBREF  Source  Active  Source  Address  B-Reference  Register
02A2  8260  SADSTBREF  Source  Active  Destination  Address  B-Reference  Register
02A2  8264  - 02A2  827C  -  Reserved
02A2  8280  DFCNTRLD  Destination  FIFO  Set  Count  Reload 
02A2  8284  DFSRCBREF  Destination  FIFO  Set  Destination  Address  B  Reference  Register 
02A2  8288  DFDSTBREF  Destination  FIFO  Set  Destination  Address  B  Reference  Register
02A2  828C  - 02A2  82FC  -  Reserved
02A2  8300  DFOPT0  Destination  FIFO  Options  Register  0 
02A2  8304  DFSRC0  Destination  FIFO  Source  Address  Register  0 
02A2  8308  DFCNT0  Destination  FIFO  Count  Register  0
02A2  830C  DFDST0  Destination  FIFO  Destination  Address  Register  0
02A2  8310  DFBIDX0  Destination  FIFO  BIDX  Register  0 
02A2  8314  DFMPPRXY0  Destination  FIFO  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register  0
02A2  8318  - 02A2  833C  -  Reserved
02A2  8340  DFOPT1  Destination  FIFO  Options  Register  1 
02A2  8344  DFSRC1  Destination  FIFO  Source  Address  Register  1 
02A2  8348  DFCNT1  Destination  FIFO  Count  Register  1
02A2  834C  DFDST1  Destination  FIFO  Destination  Address  Register  1
02A2  8350  DFBIDX1  Destination  FIFO  BIDX  Register  1 
02A2  8354  DFMPPRXY1  Destination  FIFO  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register  1
02A2  8358  - 02A2  837C  -  Reserved
02A2  8380  DFOPT2  Destination  FIFO  Options  Register  2 
02A2  8384  DFSRC2  Destination  FIFO  Source  Address  Register  2 
02A2  8388  DFCNT2  Destination  FIFO  Count  Register  2
02A2  838C  DFDST2  Destination  FIFO  Destination  Address  Register  2
02A2  8390  DFBIDX2  Destination  FIFO  BIDX  Register  2 
02A2  8394  DFMPPRXY2  Destination  FIFO  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register  2
02A2  8398  - 02A2  83BC  -  Reserved
02A2  83C0  DFOPT3  Destination  FIFO  Options  Register  3 
02A2  83C4  DFSRC3  Destination  FIFO  Source  Address  Register  3
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Peripheral  Information   and   Electrical   Specifications   79 
 
Page 80
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  6-18.  EDMA3  Transfer  Controller  1  Registers  (continued)
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  ACRONYM  REGISTER  NAME
02A2  83C8  DFCNT3  Destination  FIFO  Count  Register  3 
02A2  83CC  DFDST3  Destination  FIFO  Destination  Address  Register  3 
02A2  83D0  DFBIDX3  Destination  FIFO  BIDX  Register  3 
02A2  83D4  DFMPPRXY3  Destination  FIFO  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register  3
02A2  83D8  - 02A2  FFFF  -  Reserved
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  ACRONYM  REGISTER  NAME
02A3  0000  PID  Peripheral  Identification  Register 
02A3  0004  TCCFG  EDMA3TC  Configuration  Register
02A3  0008  - 02A3  00FC  -  Reserved
02A3  0100  TCSTAT  EDMA3TC  Channel  Status  Register
02A3  0104  - 02A3  011C  -  Reserved
02A3  0120  ERRSTAT  Error  Register 
02A3  0124  ERREN  Error  Enable  Register 
02A3  0128  ERRCLR  Error  Clear  Register
02A3  012C  ERRDET  Error  Details  Register
02A3  0130  ERRCMD  Error  Interrupt  Command  Register
02A3  0134  - 02A3  013C  -  Reserved
02A3  0140  RDRATE  Read  Rate  Register
02A3  0144  - 02A3  023C  -  Reserved
02A3  0240  SAOPT  Source  Active  Options  Register 
02A3  0244  SASRC  Source  Active  Source  Address  Register 
02A3  0248  SACNT  Source  Active  Count  Register
02A3  024C  SADST  Source  Active  Destination  Address  Register
02A3  0250  SABIDX  Source  Active  Source  B-Index  Register 
02A3  0254  SAMPPRXY  Source  Active  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register 
02A3  0258  SACNTRLD  Source  Active  Count  Reload  Register
02A3  025C  SASRCBREF  Source  Active  Source  Address  B-Reference  Register
02A3  0260  SADSTBREF  Source  Active  Destination  Address  B-Reference  Register
02A3  0264  - 02A3  027C  -  Reserved
02A3  0280  DFCNTRLD  Destination  FIFO  Set  Count  Reload 
02A3  0284  DFSRCBREF  Destination  FIFO  Set  Destination  Address  B  Reference  Register 
02A3  0288  DFDSTBREF  Destination  FIFO  Set  Destination  Address  B  Reference  Register
02A3  028C  - 02A3  02FC  -  Reserved
02A3  0300  DFOPT0  Destination  FIFO  Options  Register  0 
02A3  0304  DFSRC0  Destination  FIFO  Source  Address  Register  0 
02A3  0308  DFCNT0  Destination  FIFO  Count  Register  0
02A3  030C  DFDST0  Destination  FIFO  Destination  Address  Register  0
02A3  0310  DFBIDX0  Destination  FIFO  BIDX  Register  0 
02A3  0314  DFMPPRXY0  Destination  FIFO  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register  0
02A3  0318  - 02A3  033C  -  Reserved
02A3  0340  DFOPT1  Destination  FIFO  Options  Register  1 
02A3  0344  DFSRC1  Destination  FIFO  Source  Address  Register  1 
02A3  0348  DFCNT1  Destination  FIFO  Count  Register  1
02A3  034C  DFDST1  Destination  FIFO  Destination  Address  Register  1
Table  6-19.  EDMA3  Transfer  Controller  2  Registers
Peripheral  Information  and  Electrical  Specifications80  Submit  Documentation  Feedback 
 
Page 81
Table  6-19.  EDMA3  Transfer  Controller  2  Registers  (continued)
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  ACRONYM  REGISTER  NAME
02A3  0350  DFBIDX1  Destination  FIFO  BIDX  Register  1 
02A3  0354  DFMPPRXY1  Destination  FIFO  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register  1
02A3  0358  - 02A3  037C  -  Reserved
02A3  0380  DFOPT2  Destination  FIFO  Options  Register  2 
02A3  0384  DFSRC2  Destination  FIFO  Source  Address  Register  2 
02A3  0388  DFCNT2  Destination  FIFO  Count  Register  2
02A3  038C  DFDST2  Destination  FIFO  Destination  Address  Register  2
02A3  0390  DFBIDX2  Destination  FIFO  BIDX  Register  2 
02A3  0394  DFMPPRXY2  Destination  FIFO  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register  2
02A3  0398  - 02A3  03BC  -  Reserved
02A3  03C0  DFOPT3  Destination  FIFO  Options  Register  3 
02A3  03C4  DFSRC3  Destination  FIFO  Source  Address  Register  3 
02A3  03C8  DFCNT3  Destination  FIFO  Count  Register  3 
02A3  03CC  DFDST3  Destination  FIFO  Destination  Address  Register  3 
02A3  03D0  DFBIDX3  Destination  FIFO  BIDX  Register  3 
02A3  03D4  DFMPPRXY3  Destination  FIFO  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register  3
02A3  03D8  - 02A3  7FFF  -  Reserved
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  6-20.  EDMA3  Transfer  Controller  3  Registers
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  ACRONYM  REGISTER  NAME
02A3  8000  PID  Peripheral  Identification  Register 
02A3  8004  TCCFG  EDMA3TC  Configuration  Register
02A3  8008  - 02A3  80FC  -  Reserved
02A3  8100  TCSTAT  EDMA3TC  Channel  Status  Register
02A3  8104  - 02A3  811C  -  Reserved
02A3  8120  ERRSTAT  Error  Register 
02A3  8124  ERREN  Error  Enable  Register 
02A3  8128  ERRCLR  Error  Clear  Register
02A3  812C  ERRDET  Error  Details  Register
02A3  8130  ERRCMD  Error  Interrupt  Command  Register
02A3  8134  - 02A3  813C  -  Reserved
02A3  8140  RDRATE  Read  Rate  Register
02A3  8144  - 02A3  823C  -  Reserved
02A3  8240  SAOPT  Source  Active  Options  Register 
02A3  8244  SASRC  Source  Active  Source  Address  Register 
02A3  8248  SACNT  Source  Active  Count  Register
02A3  824C  SADST  Source  Active  Destination  Address  Register
02A3  8250  SABIDX  Source  Active  Source  B-Index  Register 
02A3  8254  SAMPPRXY  Source  Active  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register 
02A3  8258  SACNTRLD  Source  Active  Count  Reload  Register
02A3  825C  SASRCBREF  Source  Active  Source  Address  B-Reference  Register
02A3  8260  SADSTBREF  Source  Active  Destination  Address  B-Reference  Register
02A3  8264  - 02A3  827C  -  Reserved
02A3  8280  DFCNTRLD  Destination  FIFO  Set  Count  Reload 
02A3  8284  DFSRCBREF  Destination  FIFO  Set  Destination  Address  B  Reference  Register 
02A3  8288  DFDSTBREF  Destination  FIFO  Set  Destination  Address  B  Reference  Register
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Peripheral  Information   and   Electrical   Specifications   81 
 
Page 82
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  6-20.  EDMA3  Transfer  Controller  3  Registers  (continued)
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  ACRONYM  REGISTER  NAME
02A3  828C  - 02A3  82FC  -  Reserved
02A3  8300  DFOPT0  Destination  FIFO  Options  Register  0 
02A3  8304  DFSRC0  Destination  FIFO  Source  Address  Register  0 
02A3  8308  DFCNT0  Destination  FIFO  Count  Register  0
02A3  830C  DFDST0  Destination  FIFO  Destination  Address  Register  0
02A3  8310  DFBIDX0  Destination  FIFO  BIDX  Register  0 
02A3  8314  DFMPPRXY0  Destination  FIFO  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register  0
02A3  8318  - 02A3  833C  -  Reserved
02A3  8340  DFOPT1  Destination  FIFO  Options  Register  1 
02A3  8344  DFSRC1  Destination  FIFO  Source  Address  Register  1 
02A3  8348  DFCNT1  Destination  FIFO  Count  Register  1
02A3  834C  DFDST1  Destination  FIFO  Destination  Address  Register  1
02A3  8350  DFBIDX1  Destination  FIFO  BIDX  Register  1 
02A3  8354  DFMPPRXY1  Destination  FIFO  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register  1
02A3  8358  - 02A3  837C  -  Reserved
02A3  8380  DFOPT2  Destination  FIFO  Options  Register  2 
02A3  8384  DFSRC2  Destination  FIFO  Source  Address  Register  2 
02A3  8388  DFCNT2  Destination  FIFO  Count  Register  2
02A3  838C  DFDST2  Destination  FIFO  Destination  Address  Register  2
02A3  8390  DFBIDX2  Destination  FIFO  BIDX  Register  2 
02A3  8394  DFMPPRXY2  Destination  FIFO  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register  2
02A3  8398  - 02A3  83BC  -  Reserved
02A3  83C0  DFOPT3  Destination  FIFO  Options  Register  3 
02A3  83C4  DFSRC3  Destination  FIFO  Source  Address  Register  3 
02A3  83C8  DFCNT3  Destination  FIFO  Count  Register  3 
02A3  83CC  DFDST3  Destination  FIFO  Destination  Address  Register  3 
02A3  83D0  DFBIDX3  Destination  FIFO  BIDX  Register  3 
02A3  83D4  DFMPPRXY3  Destination  FIFO  Memory  Protection  Proxy  Register  3
02A3  83D8  - 02A3  FFFF  -  Reserved
Peripheral   Information   and   Electrical   Specifications  82  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 83
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
6.7  Reset  Controller 
The  reset  controller  detects  the  different  types  of  resets  supported  on  the  DM647/DM648  devices  and 
manages  the  distribution  of  those  resets  throughout  the  device.
The  device  has  several  types  of  resets:  power-on  reset,  warm  reset,  max  reset  and  system  reset.
Table  6-21  explains  further  the  types  of  reset,  the  reset  initiator,  and  the  effects  of  each  reset  on  the  chip. 
See  Section  6.7.8   for  more  information  on  the  effects  of  each  reset  on  the  PLL  controllers  and  their  clocks.
Table  6-21.  Device-Level  Reset  Types
TYPE  INITIATOR  EFFECT(s)
Power-on  Reset  POR  pin  Resets  the  entire  chip  including  the  test  and  emulation  logic. 
Warm  Reset  RESET  pin 
Max  Reset  Emulator  Same  as  a  warm  reset
System  Reset  Emulator/PCI  via  the  PRST  pin
In  addition  to  device-level  global  resets,  the  PSC  provides  the  capability  to  cause  local  resets  to 
peripherals  and/or  the  CPU.
Resets  everything  except  for  the  test  and  emulation  logic  and  the 
Ethernet  Subsystem
A  system  reset  maintains  memory  contents  and  does  not  reset  the 
test  and  emulation  circuit  and  the  Ethernet  Subsystem.  The  device 
configuration  pins  are  also  not  re-latched  and  system  reset  does  not 
affect  the  state  of  the  peripherals  (enable/disable).
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
6.7.1  Power-on  Reset  ( POR  Pin) 
Power-on  reset  (POR)  is  initiated  by  the  POR  pin  and  is  used  to  reset  the  entire  chip,  including  the  test 
and  emulation  logic.  Power-on  reset  is  also  referred  to  as  a  cold  reset  since  the  device  usually  goes 
through  a  power-up  cycle.  During  power-up,  the  POR  pin  must  be  asserted  (driven  low)  until  the  power 
supplies  have  reached  their  normal  operating  conditions.  Note  that  a  device  power-up  cycle  is  not  required 
to  initiate  a  power-on  reset.
The  following  sequence  must  be  followed  during  a  power-on  reset:
1.  Wait  for  all  power  supplies  to  reach  normal  operating  conditions  while  keeping  the  POR  pin  asserted 
(driven  low).  While  POR  is  asserted,  all  pins  will  be  in  high-impedance  mode.  After  the  POR  pin  is 
deasserted  (driven  high),  all  Z-group  pins,  low-group  pins,  and  high-group  pins  are  set  to  their  reset 
state  and  will  remain  at  their  reset  state  until  configured  by  their  respective  peripheral.  The  clock  and 
reset  of  each  peripheral  is  determined  by  the  default  settings  of  the  power  and  sleep  controller  (PSC).
2.  Once  all  the  power  supplies  are  within  valid  operating  conditions,  the  POR  pin  must  remain  asserted 
(low)  for  a  minimum  number  of  CLKIN2  cycles.  The  PLL1  controller  input  clock,  CLKIN1,  and  the  PCI 
input  clock,  PCLK,  must  also  be  valid  during  this  time.  PCLK  is  needed  only  if  the  PCI  module  is  being 
used.  If  the  DDR2  memory  controller  and  the  Ethernet  Subsystem  are  not  needed,  CLKIN2  and 
REFCLKP/REFCLKN  can  be  tied  low.  In  this  case,  the  POR  pin  must  remain  asserted  (low)  for  a 
minimum  of  256  CLKIN1  cycles  after  all  power  supplies  have  reached  valid  operating  conditions. 
Within  the  low  period  of  the  POR  pin,  the  following  occurs:
a.  The  reset  signals  flow  to  the  entire  chip  (including  the  test  and  emulation  logic),  resetting  modules
that  use  reset  asynchronously.
b.  The  PLL1  controller  clocks  are  started  at  the  frequency  of  the  system  reference  clock.  The  clocks
are  propagated  throughout  the  chip  to  reset  modules  that  use  reset  synchronously.  By  default, 
PLL1  is  in  reset  and  unlocked.
c.  The  PLL2  controller  clocks  are  started  at  the  frequency  of  the  system  reference  clock.  PLL2  is  held
in  reset.  Since  the  PLL2  controller  always  operates  in  PLL  mode,  the  system  reference  clock  and 
all  the  system  clocks  are  invalid  at  this  point.
d.  The  RESETSTAT  pin  stays  asserted  (low),  indicating  the  device  is  in  reset.
3.  The  POR  pin  may  now  be  deasserted  (driven  high).  When  the  POR  pin  is  deasserted,  the 
configuration  pin  values  are  latched,  and  the  PLL  controllers  change  their  system  clocks  to  their  default 
divide-down  values.  PLL2  is  taken  out  of  reset  and  automatically  starts  its  locking  sequence.  Other
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Peripheral  Information   and   Electrical   Specifications   83 
 
Page 84
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
device  initialization  is  also  started.
4.  After  device  initialization  is  complete,  the  RESETSTAT  pin  is  deasserted  (driven  high).  By  this  time, 
PLL2  has  already  completed  its  locking  sequence  and  is  outputting  a  valid  clock.  The  system  clocks  of 
both  PLL  controllers  are  allowed  to  finish  their  current  cycles  and  then  paused  for  10  cycles  of  their 
respective  system  reference  clocks.  After  the  pause,  the  system  clocks  are  restarted  at  their  default 
divide-by  settings.
The  device  is  now  out  of  reset;  device  execution  begins  as  dictated  by  the  selected  boot  mode.
6.7.2  Warm  Reset  ( RESET  Pin) 
A  warm  reset  has  the  same  effect  as  a  power-on  reset,  except  that  in  this  case,  the  test  and  emulation 
logic  are  not  reset.
The  following  sequence  must  be  followed  during  a  warm  reset:
1.  Hold  the  RESET  pin  low  for  a  minimum  of  24  CLKIN1  cycles.  Within  the  low  period  of  the  RESET  pin, 
the  following  occurs:
a.  The  Z-group  pins,  low-group  pins,  and  the  high-group  pins  are  set  to  their  reset  state 
b.  The  reset  signals  flow  to  the  entire  chip  (excluding  the  test  and  emulation  logic),  resetting  modules
that  use  reset  asynchronously
c.  The  PLL  Controllers  are  reset.  PLL1  switches  back  to  PLL  bypass  mode,  resetting  all  their
registers  to  default  values.  Both  PLL1  and  PLL2  are  placed  in  reset  and  lose  lock.  The  PLL1 
controller  clocks  start  running  at  the  frequency  of  the  system  reference  clock.  The  clocks  are 
propagated  throughout  the  chip  to  reset  modules  that  use  reset  synchronously.
d.  The  RESETSTAT  pin  becomes  active  (low),  indicating  the  device  is  in  reset.
2.  . The  RESET  pin  may  now  be  released  (driven  inactive  high).  When  the  RESET  pin  is  released,  the 
configuration  pin  values  are  latched  and  the  PLL  controllers  immediately  change  their  system  clocks  to 
their  default  divide-down  values.  Other  device  initialization  is  also  started.
After  device  initialization  is  complete,  the  RESETSTAT  pin  goes  inactive  (high).  All  system  clocks  are 
allowed  to  finish  their  current  cycles  and  then  paused  for  10  cycles  of  their  respective  system  reference 
clocks.  After  the  pause  the  system  clocks  are  restarted  at  their  default  divide-by  settings.
The  clock  and  reset  of  each  peripheral  is  determined  by  the  default  settings  of  the  PSC. 
The  device  is  now  out  of  reset,  device  execution  begins  as  dictated  by  the  selected  boot  mode.
6.7.3  Maximum  Reset 
A  maximum  (max)  reset  is  initiated  by  the  emulator.  The  effects  are  the  same  as  a  warm  reset,  except  the 
device  boot  and  configuration  pins  are  not  re-latched.  The  emulator  initiates  a  maximum  reset  via  the 
ICEPICK  module.  This  ICEPICK  initiated  reset  is  nonmaskable.
The  max  reset  sequence  is  as  follows:
1.  Max  reset  is  initiated  by  the  emulator.  During  this  time,  the  following  happens: 
a.  The  reset  signals  flow  to  the  entire  chip,  resetting  all  the  modules  on  chip  except  the  test  and
emulation  logic.
b.  The  PLL  controllers  are  reset,  PLL1  switches  back  to  PLL  bypass  mode,  resetting  all  their  registers
to  default  values.  Both  PLL1  and  PLL2  are  placed  in  reset  and  lose  lock.
c.  The  RESETSTAT  pin  becomes  asserted  (low),  indicating  the  device  is  in  reset.
2.  After  device  initialization  is  complete,  the  PLL  Controllers  pause  the  system  clocks  for  10  cycles.  At  the 
end  of  these  10  cycles,  the  RESETSTAT  pin  is  deasserted  (driven  high).  At  this  point,  the  following 
occurs:
a.  The  I/O  pins  are  controlled  by  the  default  peripherals  (default  peripherals  are  determined  by
PINMUX  register).
b.  The  clock  and  reset  of  each  peripheral  is  determined  by  the  default  settings  of  the  power  and  sleep
controller  (PSC).
Peripheral   Information   and   Electrical   Specifications  84  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 85
6.7.4  System  Reset 
A  system  reset  maintains  memory  contents  and  does  not  reset  the  clock  logic  or  the  test  and  emulation 
circuitry.  The  device  configuration  pins  are  also  not  re-latched  and  the  state  of  the  peripherals 
(enabled/disabled)  is  also  not  affected.  A  system  reset  is  initiated  by  the  emulator  or  by  the  PRST  pin  of 
PCI  peripheral.
During  a  system  reset,  the  following  happens:
1.  The  RESETSTAT  pin  goes  low  to  indicate  an  internal  reset  is  being  generated.  The  reset  is  allowed  to
2.  After  the  internal  reset  signal  has  propagated,  the  PLL  controllers  pause  and  restart  their  system
3.  The  boot  sequence  is  started  after  the  system  clocks  are  restarted.  Since  the  configuration  pins
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
c.  The  C64x+  begins  executing  from  DSPBOOTADDR  (determined  by  bootmode  selection).
After  the  reset  sequence,  the  boot  sequence  begins.  Since  the  boot  and  configuration  pins  are  not 
latched  with  a  max  reset,  the  previous  values  (as  shown  in  the  BOOTCFG  register)  are  used  to 
select  the  bootmode.  For  more  details  on  the  boot  sequence,  see  the  Using  the  
TMS320DM647/DM648   Bootloader   Application   Report   (literature  number   SPRAAJ1   ).  After   the   boot  
sequence,  follow  the  software  initialization  sequence.
propagate  through  the  system.  Internal  system  clocks  are  not  affected.
clocks  for  about  10  cycles  of  their  system  reference  clocks,  but  retain  their  configuration.  The  PLLs 
also  remain  locked.
(including  the  BOOTMODE[3:0]  pins)  are  not  latched  with  a  system  reset,  the  previous  values,  as 
shown  in  the  BOOTCFG  register,  are  used  to  select  the  boot  mode.
6.7.5  Peripheral  Local  Reset 
The  user  can  configure  the  local  reset  and  clock  state  of  a  peripheral  through  programming  the  PSC.
Table  6-2  identifies  the  LPSC  numbers  and  the  peripherals  capable  of  being  locally  reset  by  the  PSC.  For 
more  detailed  information  on  the  programming  of  these  peripherals  by  the  PSC,  see  the 
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648   DMP   DSP   Subsystem   Reference   Guide   (literature  number   SPRUEU6   ).
6.7.6  Reset  Priority 
If  any  of  the  above  reset  sources  occur  simultaneously,  the  PLLCTRL  processes  only  the  highest  priority 
reset  request.  The  reset  request  priorities  are  as  follows  (high  to  low):
•  Power-on  Reset 
•  Maximum  Reset 
•  Warm  Reset 
•  System  Reset 
Submit  Documentation  Feedback  Peripheral  Information  and  Electrical  Specifications  85  
 
Page 86
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
6.7.7  Reset  Controller  Register 
The  reset  type  status  (RSTYPE)  register  is  the  only  register  for  the  reset  controller.
6.7.7.1  Reset  Type  Status  Register  Description
The  reset  type  status  (RSTYPE)  register  latches  the  cause  of  the  last  reset.  If  multiple  reset  sources  occur 
simultaneously,  this  register  latches  the  highest  priority  reset  source.  The  reset  type  status  register  is 
shown  in  Figure  6-9   and  described  in  Table  6-22   .
31  16
Reserved
R-0
15  4  3  2  1  0
Reserved  SRST  MRST  WRST  POR
R-0  R-0  R-0  R-0  R-0
LEGEND:  R/W  =  Read/Write;  R  =  Read  only;  - n   =  value  after  reset 
Figure  6-9.  Reset  Type  Status  Register  (RSTYPE)
Table  6-22.  Reset  Type  Status  Register  (RSTYPE)  Field  Descriptions
Bit  Field  Value  Description
31:4  Reserved  Reserved.  The  reserved  bit  location  is  always  read  as  0.  A  value  written  to  this  field  has  no  effect.
3  SRST  System  reset
2  MRST  Max  reset
1  WRST  Warm  reset
0  POR  Power-on  reset
6.7.8  Reset  Electrical  Data/Timing 
If  a  configuration  pin  must  be  routed  out  from  the  device,  the  internal  pullup/pulldown 
(IPU/IPD)  resistor  should  not  be  relied  upon;  TI  recommends  the  use  of  an  external 
pullup/pulldown  resistor.
Table  6-23.  Timing  Requirements  for  Reset
0  System  Reset  was  not  the  last  reset  to  occur. 
1  System  Reset  was  the  last  reset  to  occur.
0  Max  Reset  was  not  the  last  reset  to  occur. 
1  Max  Reset  was  the  last  reset  to  occur.
0  Warm  Reset  was  not  the  last  reset  to  occur. 
1  Warm  Reset  was  the  last  reset  to  occur.
0  Power-on  Reset  was  not  the  last  reset  to  occur. 
1  Power-on  Reset  was  the  last  reset  to  occur.
NOTE
(1)  (2)
(see  Figure  6-10   and  Figure  6-11   )
-720
NO.  UNIT
5  t
w(POR)
6  t
w(RESET)
(1)  C  =  1/CLKIN1  clock  frequency  in  ns. 
(2)  D  =  1/CLKIN2  clock  frequency  in  ns. 
(3)  If  CLKIN2  is  not  used,  t
Peripheral   Information   and   Electrical   Specifications  86  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
Pulse  duration,  POR  low 
Pulse  duration,  RESET  low  ns
must  be  measured  in  terms  of  CLKIN1  cycles;  otherwise,  use  CLKIN2  cycles.
w(POR)
-900
MIN  MAX
(3)
ns
 
Page 87
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
Table  6-23.  Timing  Requirements  for  Reset  (see  Figure  6-10   and  Figure  6-11   )  (continued)
-720
NO.  UNIT
7  t
su(boot)
8  t
h(boot)
(4)  AEA[22:11],  and  UHPIEN  are  the  boot  configuration  pins  during  device  reset.
Setup  time,  boot  mode  and  configuration  pins  valid  before  POR  high  or 
RESET  high
Hold  time,  boot  mode  and  configuration  pins  valid  after  POR  high  or 
RESET  high
(4)
(4)
-900
MIN  MAX
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
ns
ns
Table  6-24.  Switching  Characteristics  Over  Recommended  Operating  Conditions  During  Reset
(see  Figure  6-11   )
-720
NO.  PARAMETER  UNIT
9  t
d(PORH-RSTATH)
Delay  time,  POR  high  AND  RESET  high  to  RESETSTAT  high  ns
-900
MIN  MAX
For  Figure  6-10   , note  the  following:
•   Z  group   consists   of:   all   I/O/Z   and   O/Z   pins,   except   for   Low   and   High   group   pins.   Pins   become   high  
impedance  as  soon  as  their  respective  power  supply  has  reached  normal  operating  conditions.  Pins 
remain  in  high  impedance  until  configured  otherwise  by  their  respective  peripherals.
•   Low  group   consists   of:   Pins   become   low   as   soon   as   their   respective   power   supply   has   reached   normal  
operating  conditions.  Pins  remain  low  until  configured  otherwise  by  their  respective  peripheral.
•   High  group   consists   of:   . Pins   become   high   as   soon   as   their   respective   power   supply   has   reached  
normal  operating  conditions.  Pins  remain  high  until  configured  otherwise  by  their  respective  peripheral.
•   All  peripherals   must   be   enable   through   software   following   a   power-on   reset;   for   more   details,   see 
Section  6.7.1  , Power-on  Reset . 
•   For  power-supply   sequence   requirements,   see   Section  6.3.1    .
(1)  C  =  1/CLKIN1  clock  frequency  in  ns.
(1)
Submit  Documentation  Feedback  Peripheral  Information  and  Electrical  Specifications  87  
 
Page 88
CLKIN1
PCLK
RESET
RESETSTAT
SYSREFCLK(PLL1C) 
ZGroup
POR
SYSCLK3
SYSCLK4
SYSCLK5
AECLKOUT (Internal)
BootandDevice
ConfigurationPins
LowGroup
HighGroup
CLKIN2
InternalResetPLL2C
SYSREFCLK(PLL2C)
SYSCLK1(PLL2C)
SYSCLK2
5
9
7
8
Undefined
Undefined
Low
High-Z
Undefined
High
PLL2Unlocked
PLL2Locked
(A)
PLL2Unlocked
ClockValid
Undefined
Undefined
Undefined
ClockValid
(B)
PowerSuppliesRamping  PowerSuppliesStable
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
A.  SYSREFCLK  of  the  PLL2  controller  runs  at  CLKIN2  ×  10. 
B.  SYSCLK1  of  PLL2  controller  runs  at  SYSREFCLK/2  (default). 
C.  Power  supplies,  CLKIN1,  CLKIN2  (if  used),  and  PCLK  (if  used)  must  be  stable  before  the  start  of  t
Figure  6-10.  Power-Up  Timing
.
w(POR)
Peripheral   Information   and   Electrical   Specifications  88  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 89
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
A.  RESET  should  be  used  only  after  device  has  been  powered  up.  For  more  details  on  the  use  of  the  RESET  pin,  see
Section  6.7  , Reset  Controller . 
B.  A  reset  signal  is  generated  internally  during  a  Warm  Reset.  This  internal  reset  signal  has  the  same  effect  as  the
RESET  pin  during  a  Warm  Reset.
C.  Boot  and  Device  Configuration  Inputs  (during  reset)  include:  AEA[22:11],  and  UHPIEN.
Figure  6-11.  Warm  Reset  and  Max  Reset  Timing
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
A.  RESET  should  be  used  only  after  device  has  been  powered  up.  For  more  details  on  the  use  of  the  RESET  pin,  see
Section  6.7  , Reset  Controller . 
B.  Boot  and  Device  Configuration  Inputs  (during  reset)  include:  AEA[22:11],  and  UHPIEN.
Figure  6-12.  System  Reset  Timing
Submit  Documentation  Feedback  Peripheral  Information  and  Electrical  Specifications  89  
 
Page 90
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
6.8  Interrupts 
The  C64x+  DSP  interrupt  controller  combines  device  events  into  12  prioritized  interrupts.  The  source  for 
each  of  the  12  CPU  interrupts  is  user  programmable.  Also,  the  interrupt  controller  controls  the  generation 
of  the  CPU  exception,  NMI,  and  emulation  interrupts  and  the  generation  of  AEG  events.  Table  6-26  
summarizes  the  C64x+  interrupt  controller  registers  and  memory  locations.  For  more  details  on  DSP 
interrupt  control,  see  TMS320DM647/DM648  DMP  DSP  Subsystem  Reference  Guide   (literature  number
SPRUEU6  ). 
DSP  EVENT  INTERRUPT  SOURCE 
INTERRUPT 
NUMBER
0  EVT0  Output  of  event  combiner  0,  for  events  1  –  31 
1  EVT1  Output  of  event  combiner  1,  for  events  32  –  63 
2  EVT2  Output  of  event  combiner  2,  for  events  64  –  95 
3  EVT33  Output  of  event  combiner  3,  for  events  96  –  127 
4-8  Reserved 
9  EMU_DTDMA  ECM  interrupt  for:
10  Reserved  Reserved 
11  EMU_RTDXRX  RTDX  receive  complete 
12  EMU_RTDXTX  RTDX  transmit  complete 
13  IDMA0  EMC  C64x+  EMC  0 
14  IDMA1  EMC  C64x+  EMC  1 
15  HINT  Host  interrupt 
16  I2CINT  I2C  interrupt 
17  Reserved  Reserved 
18  AEASYNCERR  EMIFA  Error  Interrupt 
19  TINT2L  Timer  interrupt  low 
20  TINT2H  Timer  interrupt  high 
21  TINT3L  Timer  interrupt  low 
22  TINT3H  Timer  interrupt  high 
23  PSCINT  PSC-ALLINT 
24  TPCC_GINT  EDMA3  channel  global  completion  interrupt 
25  SPIINT0  SPI  Interrupt 
26  SPIINT1  SPI  Interrupt 
27  DSQINT  VICP  –  Sqr  (DSP  int) 
28  IMXINT  VICP  –  IMX 
29  VLCDINT  VICP  - VLCD 
30  -31  Reserved 
32  RX_PULSE  Ethernet  Subsystem  RX  pulse  interrupt 
33  RX_THRESH_PULSE  Ethernet  Subsystem  RX  threshold  interrupt 
34  TX_PULSE  Ethernet  Subsystem  TX  pulse  interrupt 
35  MISC_PULSE  Ethernet  Subsystem  MISC  pulse  interrupt 
36  UART_INT  UART  Interrupt 
37  VP0_INT  VP0  Interrupt 
38  VP1_INT  VP1  Interrupt 
39  VP2_INT  VP2  Interrupt
Table  6-25.  DM647/DM648  DSP  Interrupts
•  Host  scan  access 
•  DTDMA  transfer  complete 
•  AET  interrupt 
Peripheral  Information  and  Electrical  Specifications90  Submit  Documentation  Feedback 
 
Page 91
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Table  6-25.  DM647/DM648  DSP  Interrupts  (continued)
DSP  EVENT  INTERRUPT  SOURCE 
INTERRUPT 
NUMBER
40  VP3_INT  VP3  Interrupt 
41  VP4_INT  VP4  Interrupt 
42  GPIO_BNK1_INT  (GPIO16:31)  GPIO  Bank  1  Interrupt. 
43  AXINT  TX  Interrupt  McASP 
44  ARINT  RX  Interrupt  McASP 
45-49  Reserved 
50  VINT  VLYNQ  Pulse  Interrupt 
51  GPINT0  GPIO  Interrupt 
52  GPINT1  GPIO  Interrupt 
53  GPINT2  GPIO  Interrupt 
54  GPINT3  GPIO  Interrupt 
55  GPINT4  GPIO  Interrupt 
56  GPINT5  GPIO  Interrupt 
57  GPINT6  GPIO  Interrupt 
58  GPINT7  GPIO  Interrupt 
59  GPINT8  GPIO  Interrupt 
60  GPINT9  GPIO  Interrupt 
61  GPINT10  GPIO  Interrupt 
62  GPINT11  GPIO  Interrupt 
63  GPINT12  GPIO  Interrupt 
64  GPINT13  GPIO  Interrupt 
65  GPINT14  GPIO  Interrupt 
66  GPINT15  GPIO  Interrupt 
67  TINT0L  Timer  interrupt  low 
68  TINT0H  Timer  interrupt  high 
69  TINT1L  Timer  interrupt  low 
70  TINT1H  Timer  interrupt  high 
71  EDMA3CC_INT0  EDMA3CC  Completion  Interrupt  - Mask0 
72  EDMA3CC_INT1  EDMA3CC  Completion  Interrupt  –  Mask1 
73  EDMA3CC_INT2  EDMA3CC  Completion  Interrupt  –  Mask2 
74  EDMA3CC_INT3  EDMA3CC  Completion  Interrupt  –  Mask3 
75  EDMA3CC_INT4  EDMA3CC  Completion  Interrupt  –  Mask4 
76  EDMA3CC_INT5  EDMA3CC  Completion  Interrupt  –  Mask5 
77  EDMA3CC_INT6  EDMA3CC  Completion  Interrupt  –  Mask6 
78  EDMA3CC_INT7  EDMA3CC  Completion  Interrupt  –  Mask7 
79  EDMA3CC_ERRINT  EDMA3CC  Error  Interrupt 
80  EDMA3CC_MPINT  EDMA3CC  Memory  Protection  Interrupt 
81  EDMA3TC0_ERRINT  EDMA3TC0  Error  Interrupt 
82  EDMA3TC1_ERRINT  EDMA3TC1  Error  Interrupt 
83  EDMA3TC2_ERRINT  EDMA3TC2  Error  Interrupt 
84  EDMA3TC3_ERRINT  EDMA3TC3  Error  Interrupt 
85  Reserved  Reserved 
86  Reserved  Reserved 
87  Reserved  Reserved 
88  Reserved  Reserved 
89  Reserved  Reserved
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Peripheral  Information   and   Electrical   Specifications   91 
 
Page 92
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  6-25.  DM647/DM648  DSP  Interrupts  (continued)
DSP  EVENT  INTERRUPT  SOURCE 
INTERRUPT 
NUMBER
90  Reserved  Reserved 
91  Reserved  Reserved 
92  Reserved  Reserved 
93  Reserved  Reserved 
94  Reserved  Reserved 
95  Reserved  Reserved 
96  INTERR  C64x+  Interrupt  Controller  Dropped  CPU  Interrupt  Event 
97  EMC_IDMAERR  C64x+  EMC  Invalid  IDMA  Parameters 
98  Reserved  Reserved 
99  Reserved  Reserved 
100  EFIINTA  EFI  Interrupt  from  side  A. 
101  EFIINTB  EFI  Interrupt  from  side  B 
102  - 112  Reserved  Reserved 
113  L1P_ED  L1P  Single  bit  error  detected  during  DMA  read 
114-115  Reserved  Reserved 
116  L2_ED1  L2  single  bit  error  detected 
117  L2_ED2  L2  two  bit  error  detected 
118  PDC_INT  Power  Down  sleep  interrupt 
119  Reserved  Reserved 
120  L1P_CMPA  L1P  CPU  memory  protection  fault 
121  L1P_DMPA  L1P  DMA  memory  protection  fault 
122  L1D_CMPA  L1D  CPU  memory  protection  fault 
123  L1D_DMPA  L1D  DMA  memory  protection  fault 
124  L2_CMPA  L2  CPU  memory  protection  fault 
125  L2_DMPA  L2  DMA  memory  protection  fault 
126  IDMA_CMPA  IDMA  CPU  memory  protection  fault 
127  IDMA_BUSERR  IDMA  bus  error  interrupt
Peripheral   Information   and   Electrical   Specifications  92  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 93
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
Table  6-26.  C64x+  Interrupt  Controller  Registers
HEX  ADDRESS  ACRONYM  REGISTER  DESCRIPTION
0x0180  0000  EVTFLAG0  Event  flag  register  0 
0x0180  0004  EVTFLAG1  Event  flag  register  1 
0x0180  0008  EVTFLAG2  Event  flag  register  2
0x0180  000C  EVTFLAG3  Event  flag  register  3
0x0180  0020  EVTSET0  Event  set  register  0 
0x0180  0024  EVTSET1  Event  set  register  1 
0x0180  0028  EVTSET2  Event  set  register  2
0x0180  002C  EVTSET3  Event  set  register  3
0x0180  0040  EVTCLR0  Event  clear  register  0 
0x0180  0044  EVTCLR1  Event  clear  register  1 
0x0180  0048  EVTCLR2  Event  clear  register  2
0x0180  004C  EVTCLR3  Event  clear  register  3
0x0180  0080  EVTMASK0  Event  mask  register  0 
0x0180  0084  EVTMASK1  Event  mask  register  1
0x0180  0088  EVTMASK2  Event  mask  register  2 
0x0180  008C  EVTMASK3  Event  mask  register  3 
0x0180  00A0  MEVTFLAG0  Masked  event  flag  register  0 
0x0180  00A4  MEVTFLAG1  Masked  event  flag  register  1 
0x0180  00A8  MEVTFLAG2  Masked  event  flag  register  2 
0x0180  00AC  MEVTFLAG3  Masked  event  flag  register  3 
0x0180  00C0  EXPMASK0  Exception  mask  register  0 
0x0180  00C4  EXPMASK1  Exception  mask  register  1 
0x0180  00C8  EXPMASK2  Exception  mask  register  2
0x0180  00CC  EXPMASK3  Exception  mask  register  3
0x0180  00E0  MEXPFLAG0  Masked  exception  flag  register  0 
0x0180  00E4  MEXPFLAG1  Masked  exception  flag  register  1 
0x0180  00E8  MEXPFLAG2  Masked  exception  flag  register  2 
0x0180  00EC  MEXPFLAG3  Masked  exception  flag  register  3
0x0180  0104  INTMUX1  Interrupt  mux  register  1
0x0180  0108  INTMUX2  Interrupt  mux  register  2 
0x0180  010C  INTMUX3  Interrupt  mux  register  3
0x0180  0140  AEGMUX0  Advanced  event  generator  mux  register  0
0x0180  0144  AEGMUX1  Advanced  event  generator  mux  register  1
0x0180  0180  INTXSTAT  Interrupt  exception  status
0x0180  0184  INTXCLR  Interrupt  exception  clear
0x0180  0188  INTDMASK  Dropped  interrupt  mask  register 
0x0180  01C0  EVTASRT  Event  assert  register
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Peripheral  Information   and   Electrical   Specifications   93 
 
Page 94
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
6.9  DDR2  Memory  Controller 
The  32-bit  DDR2  memory  controller  bus  of  the  DM647/DM648  is  used  to  interface  to  JESD79D-2A 
standard-compliant  DDR2  SDRAM  devices.  The  DDR2  external  bus  interfaces  only  to  DDR2  SDRAM 
devices;  it  does  not  share  the  bus  with  any  other  types  of  peripherals.  The  decoupling  of  DDR2  memories 
from  other  devices  both  simplifies  board  design  and  provides  I/O  concurrency  from  a  second  external 
memory  interface,  EMIFA.
The  internal  data  bus  clock  frequency  and  DDR2  bus  clock  frequency  directly  affect  the  maximum 
throughput  of  the  DDR2  bus.  The  data  rate  of  the  DDR2  bus  is  equal  to  the  CLKIN2  frequency  multiplied 
by  20.  The  internal  data  bus  clock  frequency  of  the  DDR2  memory  controller  is  fixed  at  a  divide-by-three 
ratio  of  the  CPU  frequency.  The  maximum  DDR2  throughput  is  determined  by  the  smaller  of  the  two  bus 
frequencies.  For  example,  if  the  internal  data  bus  frequency  is  300  MHz  (CPU  frequency  is  900  MHz)  and 
the  DDR2  data  rate  is  533  MHz  (266  MHz  clock  rate  as  CLKIN2  frequency  is  26.6  MHz),  the  maximum 
data  rate  achievable  by  the  DDR2  memory  controller  is  2.13  Gbytes/sec.
6.9.1  DDR2  Memory  Controller  Device-Specific  Information 
The  approach  to  specifying  interface  timing  for  the  DDR2  memory  bus  is  different  than  on  other  interfaces 
such  as  EMIF  and  HPI.  For  these  other  interfaces  the  device  timing  was  specified  in  terms  of  data  manual 
specifications  and  I/O  buffer  information  specification  (IBIS)  models.
For  the  DM647/DM648  DDR2  memory  bus,  the  approach  is  to  specify  compatible  DDR2  devices  and 
provide  the  printed  circuit  board  (PCB)  solution  and  guidelines  directly  to  the  user.  Texas  Instruments  (TI) 
has  performed  the  simulation  and  system  characterization  to  be  sure  all  DDR2  interface  timings  in  this 
solution  are  met.  The  complete  DDR2  system  solution  is  documented  in  the  Implementing  DDR2  PCB  
Layout   on   the   TMS320DM647/DM648   DMSoC   (literature  number   SPRAAK9)   and   TI   supports   only   designs  
that  follow  the  guidelines  in  this  application  report.
The  DDR2  Memory  Controller  pins  must  be  enabled  by  setting  the  DDR2_EN  configuration  pin  (ABA0) 
high  during  device  reset.
The  ODT[1:0]  pins  of  the  memory  controller  must  be  left  unconnected.  The  ODT  pins  on  the  DDR2 
memory  device(s)  must  be  connected  to  ground.
The  DDR2  memory  controller  on  the  DM647/DM648  devices  supports  the  following  memory  topologies:
•  A  32-bit  wide  configuration  interfacing  to  two  16-bit  wide  DDR2  SDRAM  devices. 
•  A  16-bit  wide  configuration  interfacing  to  a  single  16-bit  wide  DDR2  SDRAM  device. 
A  race  condition  may  exist  when  certain  masters  write  data  to  the  DDR2  memory  controller.  For  example, 
if  master  A  passes  a  software  message  via  a  buffer  in  external  memory  and  does  not  wait  for  indication 
that  the  write  completes,  when  master  B  attempts  to  read  the  software  message,  then  the  master  B  read 
may  bypass  the  master  A  write  and,  thus,  master  B  may  read  stale  data  and,  therefore,  receive  an 
incorrect  message.
Some  master  peripherals  (e.g.,  EDMA3  transfer  controllers)  will  always  wait  for  the  write  to  complete 
before  signaling  an  interrupt  to  the  system,  thus  avoiding  this  race  condition.  For  masters  that  do  not  have 
hardware  specification  of  write-read  ordering,  it  may  be  necessary  to  specify  data  ordering  via  software.
If  master  A  does  not  wait  for  indication  that  a  write  is  complete,  it  must  perform  the  following  workaround:
1.  Perform  the  required  write.
2.  Perform  a  dummy  write  to  the  DDR2  memory  controller  module  ID  and  revision  register.
3.  Perform  a  dummy  read  to  the  DDR2  memory  controller  module  ID  and  revision  register.
4.  Indicate  to  master  B  that  the  data  is  ready  to  be  read  after  completion  of  the  read  in  step  3.  The 
completion  of  the  read  in  step  3  ensures  that  the  previous  write  was  done.
The  master  peripherals  that  need  to  implement  this  workaround  are  HPI,  PCI,  and  VLYNQ.
Peripheral   Information   and   Electrical   Specifications  94  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 95
6.9.2  DDR2  Memory  Controller  Peripheral  Register  Description(s) 
Table  6-27.  DDR2  Memory  Controller  Registers
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  ACRONYM  REGISTER  NAME
0x7800  0000  MIDR  DDR2  Memory  Controller  Module  and  Revision  Register 
0x7800  0004  DMCSTAT  DDR2  Memory  Controller  Status  Register 
0x7800  0008  SDCFG  DDR2  Memory  Controller  SDRAM  Configuration  Register 
0x7800  000C  SDRFC  DDR2  Memory  Controller  SDRAM  Refresh  Control  Register 
0x7800  0010  SDTIM1  DDR2  Memory  Controller  SDRAM  Timing  1  Register 
0x7800  0014  SDTIM2  DDR2  Memory  Controller  SDRAM  Timing  2  Register 
0x7800  0018  -  Reserved 
0x7800  0020  BPRIO  DDR2  Memory  Controller  Burst  Priority  Register
0x7800  0024  - 0x7800  004C  -  Reserved
0x7800  0050  - 0x7800  0078  -  Reserved
0x7800  007C  - 0x7800  00BC  -  Reserved
0x7800  00C0  - 0x7800  00E0  -  Reserved
0x7800  00E4  DMCCTL  DDR2  Memory  Controller  Control  Register
0x7800  00E8  - 0x7800  00FC  -  Reserved
0x7800  0100  - 0x7FFF  FFFF  -  Reserved
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
6.9.3  DDR2  Memory  Controller  Electrical  Data/Timing 
The  Implementing  DDR2  PCB  Layout  on  the  TMS320DM647/DM648  DMSoC  Application  Report  
(literature  number  SPRAAK9   ) specifies  a  complete  DDR2  interface  solution  for  the  DM647/DM648  as  well 
as  a  list  of  compatible  DDR2  devices.  TI  has  performed  the  simulation  and  system  characterization  to  be 
sure  all  DDR2  interface  timings  in  this  solution  are  met;  therefore,  no  electrical  data/timing  information  is 
supplied  here  for  this  interface.
TI  supports  only   designs  that  follow  the  board  design  guidelines  outlined  in  the  application 
report,  SPRAAA7,  cited  earlier.
NOTE
Submit  Documentation  Feedback  Peripheral  Information  and  Electrical  Specifications  95  
 
Page 96
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
6.10  External  Memory  Interface  A  (EMIFA) 
The  EMIFA  can  interface  to  a  variety  of  external  devices  or  ASICs,  including:
•  Pipelined  and  flow-through  synchronous-burst  SRAM  (SBSRAM) 
•  ZBT  (zero  bus  turnaround)  SRAM  and  late  write  SRAM 
•  Synchronous  FIFOs 
•  Asynchronous  memory,  including  SRAM,  ROM,  and  Flash 
6.10.1  EMIFA  Device-Specific  Information 
Timing  analysis  must  be  done  to  verify  all  ac  timing  requirements  are  met.  TI  recommends  utilizing  I/O 
buffer  information  specification  (IBIS)  to  analyze  all  ac  timing.
To  properly  use  IBIS  models  to  attain  accurate  timing  analysis  for  a  given  system,  see  the  Using  IBIS  
Models   for   Timing   Analysis   Application   Report   (literature  number   SPRA839   ).
To  maintain  signal  integrity,  serial  termination  resistors  should  be  inserted  into  all  EMIFA  output  signal 
lines.
A  race  condition  may  exist  when  certain  masters  write  data  to  the  EMIFA.  For  example,  if  master  A 
passes  a  software  message  via  a  buffer  in  external  memory  and  does  not  wait  for  indication  that  the  write 
completes,  when  master  B  attempts  to  read  the  software  message,  then  the  master  B  read  may  bypass 
the  master  A  write  and,  thus,  master  B  may  read  stale  data  and,  therefore,  receive  an  incorrect  message.
Some  master  peripherals  (e.g.,  EDMA3  transfer  controllers)  will  always  wait  for  the  write  to  complete 
before  signaling  an  interrupt  to  the  system,  thus  avoiding  this  race  condition.  For  masters  that  do  not  have 
hardware  specification  of  write-read  ordering,  it  may  be  necessary  to  specify  data  ordering  via  software.
If  master  A  does  not  wait  for  indication  that  a  write  is  complete,  it  must  perform  the  following  workaround:
1.  Perform  the  required  write.
2.  Perform  a  dummy  write  to  the  EMIFA  module  ID  and  revision  register.
3.  Perform  a  dummy  read  to  the  EMIFA  module  ID  and  revision  register.
4.  Indicate  to  master  B  that  the  data  is  ready  to  be  read  after  completion  of  the  read  in  step  3.  The 
completion  of  the  read  in  step  3  ensures  that  the  previous  write  was  done.
96  Peripheral  Information  and  Electrical  Specifications  Submit  Documentation  Feedback  
 
Page 97
6.10.2  EMIFA  Peripheral  Register  Description(s) 
Table  6-28.  EMIFA  Registers
HEX  ADDRESS  RANGE  ACRONYM  REGISTER  NAME
0x7000  0000  MIDR  Module  ID  and  Revision  Register 
0x7000  0004  STAT  Status  Register 
0x7000  0008  -  Reserved
0x7000  000C  - 0x7000  001C  -  Reserved
0x7000  0020  BPRIO  Burst  Priority  Register 
0x7000  0024  - 0x7000  004C  -  Reserved 
0x7000  0050  - 0x7000  007C  -  Reserved
0x7000  0080  CE2CFG  EMIFA  CE2  Configuration  Register
0x7000  0084  CE3CFG  EMIFA  CE3  Configuration  Register
0x7000  0088  -  Reserved
0x7000  008C  -  Reserved 
0x7000  0090  - 0x7000  009C  -  Reserved
0x7000  00A0  AWCC  EMIFA  Async  Wait  Cycle  Configuration  Register
0x7000  00A4  - 0x7000  00BC  -  Reserved
0x7000  00C0  INTRAW  EMIFA  Interrupt  RAW  Register
0x7000  00C4  INTMSK  EMIFA  Interrupt  Masked  Register
0x7000  00C8  INTMSKSET  EMIFA  Interrupt  Mask  Set  Register
0x7000  00CC  INTMSKCLR  EMIFA  Interrupt  Mask  Clear  Register 
0x7000  00D0  - 0x7000  00DC  -  Reserved 
0x7000  00E0  - 0x77FF  FFFF  -  Reserved
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Peripheral  Information   and   Electrical   Specifications   97 
 
Page 98
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
6.10.3  EMIFA  Electrical  Data/Timing 
Table  6-29.  Timing  Requirements  for  AECLKIN  for  EMIFA
NO.  UNIT
1  t
c(EKI)
2  t
w(EKIH)
3  t
w(EKIL)
4  t
t(EKI)
5  t
J(EKI)
(1)  The  reference  points  for  the  rise  and  fall  transitions  are  measured  at  VILMAX  and  V 
(2)  E  =  the  EMIF  input  clock  (AECLKIN  or  SYSCLK4)  period  in  ns  for  EMIFA. 
(3)  Minimum  AECLKIN  cycle  times  must   be  met,  even  when  AECLKIN  is  generated  by  an  internal  clock  source.  Minimum  AECLKIN  times
are  based  on  internal  logic  speed;  the  maximum  useable  speed  of  the  EMIF  may  be  lower  due  to  AC  timing  requirements.
(4)  This  timing  applies  only  when  AECLKIN  is  used  for  EMIFA.
Cycle  time,  AECLKIN  6 
Pulse  duration,  AECLKIN  high  2.7  ns 
Pulse  duration,  AECLKIN  low  2.7  ns 
Transition  time,  AECLKIN  2  ns 
Period  Jitter,  AECLKIN  0.02E
(1)  (2)
(see  Figure  6-13   )
-720
-900
MIN  MAX
(3)
MIN.
IH
Figure  6-13.  AECLKIN  Timing  for  EMIFA
40  ns
(4)
ns
Peripheral   Information   and   Electrical   Specifications  98  Submit  Documentation   Feedback  
 
Page 99
5
6
2
AECLKIN
AECLKOUT1
4  4
1
3
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  6-30.  Switching  Characteristics  Over  Recommended  Operating  Conditions  for  AECLKOUT  for  the
EMIFA  Module
(1)  (2)  (3)
(see  Figure  6-14   )
-720
NO.  PARAMETER  UNIT
-900
MIN  MAX
1  t 
2  t 
3  t 
4  t 
5  t 
6  t
c(EKO) 
w(EKOH) 
w(EKOL) 
t(EKO) 
d(EKIH-EKOH) 
d(EKIL-EKOL)
Cycle  time,  AECLKOUT  E  –  0.7  E  +  0.7  ns 
Pulse  duration,  AECLKOUT  high  EH  –  0.7  EH  +  0.7  ns 
Pulse  duration,  AECLKOUT  low  EL  –  0.7  EL  +  0.7  ns 
Transition  time,  AECLKOUT  1  ns 
Delay  time,  AECLKIN  high  to  AECLKOUT  high  1  8  ns 
Delay  time,  AECLKIN  low  to  AECLKOUT  low  1  8  ns
A.  E  =  the  EMIF  input  clock  (AECLKIN  or  SYSCLK4)  period  in  ns  for  EMIFA. 
B.  The  reference  points  for  the  rise  and  fall  transitions  are  measured  at  VOL  MAX  and  VOH  MIN. 
C.  EH  is  the  high  period  of  E  (EMIF  input  clock  period)  in  ns  and  EL  is  the  low  period  of  E  (EMIF  input  clock  period)  in  ns
for  EMIFA.
Figure  6-14.  AECLKOUT  Timing  for  the  EMIFA  Module
(1)  E  =  the  EMIF  input  clock  (AECLKIN  or  SYSCLK4)  period  in  ns  for  EMIFA. 
(2)  The  reference  points  for  the  rise  and  fall  transitions  are  measured  at  V 
(3)  EH  is  the  high  period  of  E  (EMIF  input  clock  period)  in  ns  and  EL  is  the  low  period  of  E  (EMIF  input  clock  period)  in  ns  for  EMIFA.
OL
MAX  and  V
MIN.
OH
6.10.3.1  Asynchronous  Memory  Timing
Table  6-31.  Timing  Requirements  for  Asynchronous  Memory  Cycles  for  EMIFA  Module
(1)  (2)  (3)
(see  Figure  6-15   and  Figure  6-16   )
-720
NO.  UNIT
3  t 
4  t 
5  t 
6  t 
7  t
8  t
9  t
su(EDV-AOEH) 
h(AOEH-EDV) 
su(ARDY-EKOH) 
h(EKOH-ARDY) 
w(ARDY)
d(ARDY-HOLD)
su(ARDY-HOLD)
Setup  time,  AEDx  valid  before  AAOE  high  6.5  ns 
Hold  time,  AEDx  valid  after  AAOE  high  3  ns 
Setup  time,  AARDY  valid  before  AECLKOUT  low  1  ns 
Hold  time,  AARDY  valid  after  AECLKOUT  low  2  ns 
Pulse  width,  AARDY  assertion  and  deassertion  2E  +  5  ns 
Delay  time,  from  AARDY  sampled  deasserted  on  AECLKOUT  falling  to
beginning  of  programmed  hold  period 
Setup  time,  before  end  of  programmed  strobe  period  by  which  AARDY
should  be  asserted  in  order  to  insert  extended  strobe  wait  states.
(1)  E  =  AECLKOUT  period  in  ns  for  EMIFA 
(2)  To  specify  data  setup  time,  simply  program  the  strobe  width  wide  enough. 
(3)  AARDY  is  internally  synchronized.  To  use  AARDY  as  an  asynchronous  input,  the  pulse  width  of  the  AARDY  signal  should  be  at  least  2E
to  specify  setup  and  hold  time  is  met.
-900
MIN  MAX
4E  ns
2E  ns
Submit   Documentation   Feedback   Peripheral  Information   and   Electrical   Specifications   99 
 
Page 100
AECLKOUT
ACEx
ABE[7:0]
AEA[19:0]/
ABA[1:0]
AED[63:0]
AAOE/ASOE
(A)
AR/W
AAWE/ASWE
(A)
AARDY
(B)
ByteEnables
Address
ReadData
Hold=1
2
Strobe=4
Setup=1
2
2
4
10
10
1
1
1
3
DEASSERTED
TMS320DM647/TMS320DM648 
Digital  Media  Processor
SPRS372  – MAY  2007
Table  6-32.  Switching  Characteristics  Over  Recommended  Operating  Conditions  for  Asynchronous
Memory  Cycles  for  EMIFA  Module
NO.  PARAMETER  UNIT
1  t
2  t 
10  t 
11  t 
12  t 
13  t
osu(SELV-AOEL) 
oh(AOEH-SELIV) 
d(EKOH-AOEV) 
osu(SELV-AWEL) 
oh(AWEH-SELIV) 
d(EKOH-AWEV)
Output  setup  time,  select  signals  valid  to  AAOE  low  RS  * E  –  1.5  ns 
Output  hold  time,  AAOE  high  to  select  signals  invalid  RS  * E  –  1.9  ns 
Delay  time,  AECLKOUT  high  to  AAOE  valid  1  7  ns 
Output  setup  time,  select  signals  valid  to  AAWE  low  WS  * E  –  1.7  ns 
Output  hold  time,  AAWE  high  to  select  signals  invalid  WH  * E  –  1.8  ns 
Delay  time,  AECLKOUT  high  to  AAWE  valid  1.3  7.1  ns
(1)  (2)  (3)
(see  Figure  6-15   and  Figure  6-16   )
-720
-900 
MIN  MAX
A.  AAOE  / ASOE  and  AAWEASWE  operate  as  AAOE  (identified  under  select  signals)  and  AAWE,  respectively,  during
asynchronous  memory  accesses.
B.  Polarity  of  the  AARDY  signal  is  programmable  through  the  AP  field  of  the  EMIFA  Async  Wait  Cycle  Configuration
register  (AWCC).
Figure  6-15.  Asynchronous  Memory  Read  Timing  for  EMIFA
(1)  E  =  AECLKOUT  period  in  ns  for  EMIFA 
(2)  RS  =  Read  setup,  RST  =  Read  strobe,  RH  =  Read  hold,  WS  =  Write  setup,  WST  =  Write  strobe,  WH  =  Write  hold.  These  parameters
are  programmed  via  the  EMIFA  CE  Configuration  registers  (CEnCFG).
(3)  Select  signals  for  EMIFA  include:  ACEx,  ABE[7:0],  AEA[19:0],  ABA[1:0];  and  for  EMIFA  writes,  also  include  AR/  W,  AED[63:0].
Peripheral   Information   and   Electrical   Specifications  100  Submit  Documentation   Feedback